BỘ ĐỀ THI CHỌN HSG DỰ THI CẤP QUỐC GIA MÔN TIẾNG ANH LỚP 12 CÁC NĂM SỞ GD ĐỒNG THÁP (HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM) by DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN OLYMPIAD

ĐỀ THI VÀ ĐÁP ÁN HSG TIẾNG ANH LỚP 12

vectorstock.com/33109915

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN OLYMPIAD PHÁT TRIỂN NỘI DUNG

BỘ ĐỀ THI CHỌN HSG DỰ THI CẤP QUỐC GIA MÔN TIẾNG ANH LỚP 12 CÁC NĂM SỞ GD ĐỒNG THÁP (HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM) WORD VERSION | 2021 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM

Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594

SỞ GIẢO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYỀN HSG LỚP 12 THPT D ự THI CÁP QUOC GIA NẨM HỌC 2013 - 2014

ĐÈ THI MÔN: TIẾNG ANH (Ngày thi: 26/10/2013) Thời gian làm bài: 180 phút (Không kể thời gian phát đề)

ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC

^ _ _ _ _ V

STT do giám thị ghi Ho và tên thí sính:

Giám thi 1:

Số báo danh;

(Ký tên - Ghi họ và tên)

Hội đồng coi thi;

Điêm từng phân

So phach (Dỡ HĐ chấm thi ghì)

vjiam tnỊ

trường

___________ <Phsỉn nàv dành cho liuỉ đồ lift chấm Itlij Điêm ?ài thi Họ tên và chữ ký Băng sô Băng chữ Giám khảo [

Sô phách

LY M

Câu A:............ Câu B:........... CâuC:......... CâuD:..........

PI AD

Học sinh lớp

Phòng thi

STT do HĐ châm thỉ ghi

Giám khảo 2

Tồng:............

Sô phách

(Do HĐ phúc khào ghì)

X ------------------------------------- :----------------------------- -------------------__________ (Phần này dành cho hội dồng phúc khảo ì Điêm từng phân Họ tên và chữ ký Điêm bài thi Giám khảo 2 Bâng sô Bâng chữ Giảm khãờ ỉ Câu A:........... Câu B:.......... Cảu C:......... Câu D:..........

ẠY

KÈ

Tons:

Số phách (Do HĐ phúc khảo ghi)

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

Part 1: Questions 1 - 1 0 Circle the correct letter A-C. 1. Jenny's journey began in A. London. B. Singapore.

c. Hong Kong.

LY M

I. LISTENING: (3points)

Complete the form. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.

Lost luggage CLAIM FORM

Jenny Lee [ 2 ]........................................... Si.t Riverside [3 ]........................................... Flight OA 392 Flight [4]......................

Name: Address: Telephone number: Arrived on: Connecting from:

ẠY

KÈ

Circle the correct letter A-C. 5. Which of the drawings resembles Jenny's bag?

Page 2 o f 16 * V2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

LY M

6. Which extra feature does Jenny identify? A. black colour B. wheels c. a metal handle 7. What time should Jenny's bag arrive? A. 5:50 pm B. 6:10 pm c. 7:50 pm

1 0......... ................ ................................

Name TWO things that the agent advises Jenny to bring. 9.................... .................... . ............. .

Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for the answer. When Jenny picks up the bilg, she has lo [8] ...................................................in person.

KÈ

Part 2: Questions 11 - 20 Listen to part of a conversation between a student and a professor. Ỉ 1. (Question I) What is this conversation moslly about? A. How to bccomc a good journalist B. Registering for courses and completing tlie ncccssnry requirements for a major C- Securing a job at a university D. How to take proper notes during a lecture 12. (Question 2) Why is it better that the student tiikc another science class? A. The student wants to be a sciencc major. B. The professor likes science. c. The student does not have lo take mass communication. D. The student needs two scicncc classes in order to mcel the graduation requirement. 13. (Question 3) What can be interred from the conversation? A- It is a good idea to keep your end goal in mind when registering for classes. B. Journalism is the best choice of majors ill collcge. c. Professors are not very good at advising students. D. Science classes should always be taken first.

ẠY

Listen to the conversation, iiiid nil in the blanks to complete Hie conversation notes. 14. Student visits professor fo r............................................... 15. Wants t o ...............................................next semester's classes Professor asks about hours 16. Wants to know............................................... 17. Student wants to finish ill............................................... 18. Student wants to take............................................... Botli discuss classcs 19. StudenL has not taken a prerequisite............................................... 20. Student needs to ..........................................................

Page 3 ol'If) * V2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào pliần ô chừa trổng này

LY M

Part 3: Questions 21 - 30 Match the 3 speakers (21-23) with the background information below (A-G). 21. Anna ............................................... 22. Veronica ............................................... 23. Chris ............................................... COMMITTEE MEMBERS' BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE A has done film reviews B currently in third year c gaining course credit for festival project D has made films E enrolled in Media Studies F works as a journalist G has film club experience

ẠY

KÈ

Circle the correct letter A-C. 24. The total number of films in the festival each year i s ................ A. five B three c. twelve 25. Who chooses the films for the festival? A the committee members B. the International Students' Society c. independent distributors 26. During the intermission, who is interviewed on camera? A. journalism students B. members of the audience c. the organising committee 27 Of the films shown in the festival,................ A. none is in English. B. most are dubbed. c. many have subtitles. 28. The festival did not make a profit last year because of ............. A. poor weather, B. high price of admission, c lack of publicity. Complete llie following using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.

INTERNATIONAL FILM FESTIVAL Planning Overview .

Task: . 29............................. ................... . obtain sponsorship andadvertising .3 0 ................................................. . print and distributeposters

To be completed by: 1 March 15 March 31 March April Page -) of 16 * V2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

LY M

II. LEXICO - GRAMMAR: (7 points)

Part 1: Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. Write your answers (A, B, c, D) in tlie spacc provided under this part. 31.1 just took i t .............. that he’d always be available. A. for granted B. into consideration c. easy D. into account 32. The case against the corruption scandal w as...................... A. discarded B. refused c. eliminated D. dismissed 33. We call the very large group of musicians that includes string and wind instruments a(n) B. musical c. orchestra D, trio my mind he will lie to me. A. crosses B. enters c happens D. takes 35. Tony is s o .............. .......... that his friends tend to tell him all their problems. A. confidential B. optimistic c. sympathetic D. collective 36. The m an................. ........ in business as a manager. A. set off B. set up c. set out D. set on 37 During the stap/ation we used to keep a .......................... of dried food in the factory. A. substitute B. reserve c. preserve D conserve 38. If you leave a piece ill...........................I will give it to the manager, A. written B. noting D. clarity c. writing ..................... laugh. 39. My mother is a cheerful woman, with a A. hearty B. noisy D. friendly c. loudly 40. It's not wise to ask to lend his car while he's not in a good........................... A. state B. condition c. mood D. support 41. Thomas has a garden which i s .....................mine. A. double as large B. semi-larger than c. twice as large as D. as two-time as large 42. _ “What do you think of the film we’ve watched?” _ “...................” A. It’s a breeze! B. No kidding! c. I’ve seen better. D. None of your business1 43. In 1870,................... , John D. Rockefeller and others created the Standard Oil Company. A. that oil prices fluctuated B. despite fluctuating oil prices c. but the oil prices fluctuated D. oil prices were fluctuating 44. The new manager i s ......................easy-going. He is always very serious about the work A. by no means B. by means of c. by all means D. in the mean time 45. Computers are said to b e ...................... for the development of mankind. A. here to stay B. neither here nor there c. here and there D. here today, gone tomorrow Your answer: 3 1......... ....................... 36.............................................. 41........................... 3 2.... ...................... 37..................... 42................................. 33. .............. 38. ........................ 43................................. 34 ......................... 39. .............. ........ 44........................ ...... A. band

It never....................

ẠY

KÈ

34.

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

LY M

Part 2: In most lines of the text, there is an extra word. Write the extraword or put a tick (v^) in the gap ir J1 line is correct. (0) And (00) have been done as examples. Josef Nesladek is it street musician who works in anoffice during 0 ........... ■< ........ the work and plays on a trumpet in a jazz band at weekends 00.......... on ........ I b feels that this combination suits [O him very well as it allows 46......................... him the beta crfboth thệ worlds Monday to Friday he leads a 47........................ regular life, gelling up early, travelling to work and returning home 48......................... in the evening to be his wife and children. He regards playing in 49......................... the street as a way of advertising the jazz band People stop to 50......................... listen and often ask it if the bflnd is Tor hire. They get. asked to play 51......................... themselves ill private parties, weddings and clubs, in this way 52....................... ihey can earn up enough money to pay for theft* sirect licence, 53......................... 5 4 ..............................

there are more lhan tourists flmund, the band tlocs quite well financially According to Josef, sunshine makes people more generous, especially that irIho band can piny in a town square where people are sitting and outside enjoying ft drink or a meal. Go those occasions, people do like to ait for ạgeS; listening to good music, eating, drinking arid chnitĩrtỉ’ 101Iteir most friends.

55......................... 56......................... 57......................... 58......................... 59......................... 60........................

which COSTS quite a l o t !n the summer months, however, when

Pari 3: Write the correct I'DltM of Mich brncltvlcii word in thenumbered spacesprovided in the

colum n nil (lieright, (0) lists Ỉ1 C C 1 1done ns ail cxnniplc.

ẠY

KÈ

IN A CLASS OF YOUR OWN Like any form of (0. EDUCATE), the self-taught course lias its advantages as well as its (6 ] DRAW) On the one hand, you are (62. AUTONOMY); no classroom, no timetable and so no risk of qetting a bad (63. AT'TEND) record. You are able to study at your own pace, at home, in ihe car or wherever your Walkman lakes you On the other hand, can you really trust yourself to be (64 SUFFICE) motivated without some form of external stimulus? I procrastinated (65. DREAD) before beginning my firsi Spanish course t made cofTee, did domestic chores that were anything bui (66. PRESS); I even watched daytime television But, once Ỉ got Started, I found the course surprisingly engaging The multimedia formats, colourful textbooks and (67 IMAGINE) teaching methods nil draw niu into theeviàiL-ruuii ỦI'leiĩiminy ;i IK'VV language. Ofcourse, if your aim is (68, EXPERT) in 1he language, untiling can beai actually go ini’ to [he country concerned, Rill 1111:1-1iie-dcick (69. IMMERSE) is clearly always going to be more effective than ihe odd hnlf hour with a set oFtape* 13tJi that odd halt'hour will give you an (70 VALUE) head start when you slep nut onio (he streets

0. education 61......................... 62......................... 63......................... 64 .

65 66. 67 68, 69. 70

.............

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

Your answer: 71................................. 76. 72. ........................ . 77 73. ..... ’...................... 78. 74 ...................... 79. 75........................................................... ' ....... 80.

LY M

Part 4: Supply the correct form of the VERBS ill block capitals in brackets to complete the passage. Write your answers III the spacc provided below the passage. Thieves (71. BREAK) ........................into the Van Gogh Museum in Amsterdam, Holland for many years. The museum (72. BE) ........................ a treasure house of the artist Vincent Van Gogh's paintings. His works (73, SELL)........ ............... at record prices in recent years. A year ago a Japanese company (74. BUY )........................Van Gogh's Portrait of Doctor Gachet for US$82.5 million (S$ 143.3 million). His world famous 'Sunflowers' (75. FETCH)........................a skyrocketing price as well. Yet, during his short, tragic life, the passionate and visionary artist only managed to sell one of his paintings. The stunning prices paid for his works (76. ATTRACT) ........................ art thieves There (77 BE) ....................... four major thefts; twenty paintings worth hundreds of million of dollars (78 STEAL) ................... Fortunately, they (79. RECOVER) ................ from the thieves’ getaway car. It seemed that the two thieves (80. LEAVE)........................their getaway car near a railway station on the eastern outskirts of Amsterdam.

ẠY

KÈ

Part 5: Fill in each blank with a suitable PREPOSITION. Write your answers in the numbered blanks provided below the passage. Reginald Andrews, 29, was standing (81) ................ the subway platform under 14th Street, waiting for the train to take him back home. His train pulled (82) ................ the station, and suddenly Andrew's thoughts were interrupted (8 3 )................a crisis. David Schnair, 75, a blind war veteran, had fallen (8 4 )................two carriages and was lying (8 5 ).................... the rails. (8 6 )..................... less than no time, Andrews climbed down (8 7 )................ the platform, and he pulled Schnair (8 8 ).................. of danger just as the train was about to move. Neither suffered more than a few cuts and bruises President Reagan saw the rescue story (89) .............. a newspaper. He rang Andrews to congratulate him (9 0 )....................his courageous action and offer him a big sum of money as a reward.

Your answer: 81 .

86.

82. 83. ............................... 84. ........................ 85................................

87. 88. 89 90.

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

. . . .

96. 97. 98. 99. 100.

Your answer: 91....... ........................ 92. 93. .......................... 94 95 ...........................

LY M

Part 6: Insert A, AN, THE or 0 (zero article) where necessary. Write your answers in the numbered spaces provided under the passage. Yesterday (91) .............. light aircraft crashed into (92) ................ lonely hillside on (93) ................. border between Italy and Yugoslavia. (94) .............. pilot and two passengers were killed when (95) ................ plane came down in (96) ................ thick fog. So far, (97) ................. passengers have not been identified. The countryside around (9 8 ).............. crash site is hilly and (99) ....................rescue team from Venice had difficulty in locating the aircraft. Finally, the plane was found by (100)................ local hunters and their dogs.

III. READING: (4 points)

ẠY

KÈ

Part 1: Choose the words that best fit each of the blanks in the following passage. Circle A, B, c , or D to indicate your answer. TEDDY BEARS The history of the teddy bear goes back no further lhan 1903. tn that year. B cartoon (101) ...................... in an American newspaper showing, President Theodore (Teddy) Roosevelt (Ì02) ...................... to shoot a bear cub on a hunting expedition Soon after this, an enterprising toy shop owner in New York made some toy bears and (103) them in his shop window with a sign that (104) .................. 'Teddy's bear'. These bears proved to be so popular thtit they soon sold (105J and it wasn’t long before a factory was established lo (106) advantage of the great {107) for these new toys. At nboul the same time, the Steifftoy factory in Germany had introduced a (108) ....................... of soft toys, made (109) mohair and wood shavings, with movable heads and limbs (110) Ihe popularity of icddy bears in the USA, SieiiT decided to (ĩ I !) ... making these as well and they were modeled (112) the real bears in Stuttgart zoo. It is these early Stein bears that are now most eagerly sought (113) ......... by collcciurs. These days, teddy bears art a good investment for people who want to sell them years later at a much ( tl4 ) ...... pricc. However, it’s obvious that most teddy bear lovers collect them for (115) ................. rather than profit 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106.

A. A. A. A. A. A.

remarked defending introduced said out take

B. approached B. reversing B. published B. wrote B. up B, find

c appeared c. denying c. demonstrated c spoke c. off c. make

D D D D D. D.

reported refusing displayed named away get

D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D.

request range out of Since begin in for higher pleasure

LY M

c. demand c. kind c. up for c. Although c. set c. with c. after c. heavier c. choice

order chain down from As put at to harder purpose

B. B. B. B. B, B B. B. B.

107. A. claim 108. A. grade 109. A. along with 110. A. Given 111. A. enter 112. A. on 113. A. through 114. A. hotter 115. A. charm

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

ẠY

KÈ

Part 2: Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow by circling A, B, c , D to indicate your answer. NO PLACE LIKE HOME All over the country young people are entering a world of homelessness and poverty, according to a recent report by the housing group Shelter Nearly 150,000 young people aged between sixteen and twenty-live will become homeless this year, says Shelter Some of the young homeless may sleep out in the open in such places as ‘cardboard city' in London, where people of alt ages sleep in the open air in their only homes - cardboard boxes. Others may find accommodation in shelters run by voluntary organizations or get a place in a hostel, which gives them board for up to ten weeks But who arc these people" riinsc seekinc, a roof over their heads are mostly not runaways but ’throwaways' - people who have been thrown out of their homes or forced to leave because of parental divorce, an unsympathetic step-parent or one of Inull Vother reasons. Take the case of one six teen-year-old schoolgirl we shall call Alice. She did not come from a poor home and had just passed her exams with I.LOOCỈ results. The Shelter team met her in an overnight hostel where she was sittiiiL' down doing her Physics homework. It turned oat that her parents had thrown her out of her home tor no other reason that she wanted to do Science Advanced Level exams - which her parents refused her permission to do, saying that sciences were unladylike! Shelter says that the Government’s laws do nothing to help these youngsters. Rising rents, a shortage of cheap housing and a cut in benefits for young people under the age of twenty-five are causing a national problem, according to Shelter. The recent changes in the benefit laws mean that someone aged between sixteen and twenty-five gets less than older people and they can only claim state help if they prove that they left home for a good reason. Shelter believes that because of the severe cuts in benefits to young people, more and more are being forced to sleep on the streets. Shelter also points out that if you are homeless, you can't get a job because employers will not take on someone without a permanent address; and if you can't get a job, you are homeless because you don't have any money to pay for accommodation. It's an impossible situation. 116. According to a recent report by Shelter, it appears th a t................... A. nearly 150,000 young people are living out ill the open. B young homeless people live in places like cardboard city. c. more and more young people all over the world are finding themselves homeless. D. hostels are too full to offer accommodation to homeless young people.

Page 9 o f l 6 * V2

PI AD

KÈ

LY M

! 17, Most young people find themselves without a roof over their heads because............... A. they have run away from home. B. they do nor want to live with a divorced parent. c. circumstances make it impossible for them lo live at home. D. they have thrown away any chancc of living at home by behaving b;idly ] 18. Why was Alice turned out of her home? A. She didn't want to study lor her Advanced Level oxiims B- She had noL obtained high marks in her exams c. She refused to do her homework in the evenings. D. Her parents didn't agree with what she wanted to do. 119. According to the text, what arc benefits? A. gifts of food and clothing B. laws about distributing money c. subsidies for those in need. D. extra wages lor part-time workers !20. The changcs in the system of benefits mean th at................ A. young people cannot claim money unless Ihcy arc under sixteen or over twcniy-live. B. anyone under iwcnty-fivc and not living 111 home will rcccivc help with food and accommodation. c. young people do not rcccivc as much money iis lliosc over twenty-five. D. Ihe under twenty-fives can claim money only if they have left home. 121. According to Shelter, OI1 CC young people have been to recti onto the streets,................ A. they will find it difficult to find work. B. their benefits will be severely cut. c. they will never go back liomc again. D. they will cncourage their friends to do tile s;jme. 122. The articic has been written t o ..................... A. help Shelter solve the problems of the homeless. B. increase awareness of the problems lacing younu people, c. warn young people not to be too eager to leave home. D. persuade the government to take action to help the young.

ẠY

Part 3: Read the passage and nnswer the questions that follow by circling A, 13, c , D to indicate your answer. NEWSPAPERS IN THE AMERICAN COLONIES The first newspaper in the American colonics was published in Boston in 1690. It was callctl Pubiick Occurrences. Both Foreign and Domesiick. But it was elosed down by the British after just one issue. Fourteen years passed before the second newspaper appeared, a weekly paper called the Boston News-Letter. Early newspapers contained little more than items taken from other papers, especially those from London. As a result, most of the “news” was many months old since editors had to wait for ship captains to bring papers from Europe. Those captains also were occasional sources of news as they could provide eyewitness accounts of natural disasters or secondhand descriptions of faraway events. Some news was also received from letter writers around the colonics, who would tlcscribc events occurring in their regions. Idol' 1 6 *V 2

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

PI AD

--------------------------- ------ ----- ---------------- ---------------- --

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

James Franklin was the first editor to see the newspaper as a means of expressing social and political commentary. Franklin, who was the older brother of Benjamin Franklin, published the New England Courant. He and liis friends wrote humorous and satirical essays about current events and local society, angering many but turning newspapers into entertainment. Bui editors in the early dgliTecntl] century did not yet enjoy freedom of the press For example, when James Franklin printed an editorial criticizing the British government, he was put in prison. When he was released, he was banned from publishing any more newspapers. But his thirteen-year-old brother, Benjtrain, look I' ìcỉuction and delivery of ttie paper and soon became its editor in his brother's place. Franklin left to run his own newspaper in Philadelphia, The Pennsylvania Gazette, which Franklin bought in 1729. Franklin used the paper as an outlet for his wit and satire, creating fictitious characters offering their funny and sometimes cutting observations about daily life. In colonial times, a newspaper office usually consisted of just two people: the owner and an apprentice. The apprentice would live and work with the owner in order to learn the trade. The apprenticeship usually lasted from ages twelve to twenty-one. Owners often considered their apprentices to be their personal property and treated them cruelly. Newspapers of the time were filled with ads offering rewards for runaway apprentices. When an apprentice turned twenty-one, and if he had saved enough money, he would open his own newspaper office. No females were allowed to be apprentices Printing presses had not improved much since their invention by Gutenberg in 1440. Newspapers in the colonies were printed on wood presses with a lever-operated screw to lower the platen to the bed of the press. An apprentice would apply ink to the wooden type with a wool ball on a stick. Each lowering of the platen had to be performed manually, with a top speed of about 200 impressions per hour. By the middle of the 1750s, newspapers were starting to play an important role in giving voicc to the growing antagonism toward British rule and in stirring up the drive toward independence. Opinions that formerly were distributed in pamphlets began to find a home in newspapers. The Declaration of Independence, signed on July 4, 1776, appeared two days later in the Philadelphia Evening Post. Some of the leaders of the Constitutional Convention in 1789, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton, and John Jay, attempted to win public support for their views by publishing (lie Federnlist Papers in two newspapers. 123 The word accounts in Ihe passage is closest in meaning t o .................... A. performances B. records c. explanations D. occurrences 124. According to paragraph 3, the New England Courant was important because........... A. it was the first newspaper to include political and social commentary B. it was edited by Benjamin Franklin's older brother c it contained news from London D. it included letters from other colonies 125 The word many in the passage refers t o ................. A. friends B. satirical essays c. current events D, readers 126, According to paragraph 6, all of the following are true of apprentices EXCEPT: A. They were male. B. They sometimes ran away. c. They became apprentices at age ten. D. They were apprentices until age twenty one. P ilg e11 on6 *V 2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

LY M

127. The word them in the passage refers t o .............. A. owners B. apprentices c. newspapers D, ads [28. Which of the following best expresses the essential information in the bold sentence? incorrect answer choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out essential information. A. Newspapers were a driving force ill winning support for the Constitution. B. Newspapers played an important role ill expressing the colonists' desire for independence, c . The Declaration oi' Independence Wiis iinnounccd in newspapers. D. The British did not permit freedom oi'Clio press. 129. The author mentions the Federalist Papers in paragraph 8 ill Older t o ................ A. give an example of how newspapers were used lo influence public opinion B. show where the Declaration of Independence was published c. describe articles published in the Philadelphia Evening Post D. note a pamphlet that appeared ill a newspaper 130. Directions: An introductory sentence lor a brief summary of the passage is provided below. Complete the summary by selecting the THREE answer choices that express the most important ideas in the passage. Some answer choices do not belong ill the summary because they express ideas that are not in the passage or arc minor ideas in the passage. Newspapers in colonial America grew slowly hilt hcciinic very influential in socicty. Answer Choices A. The second newspaper appeared fourteen years after the first. B. Newspapers received letters from around the colonies. c . Newspapers bccamc popular when they began to print social and political commentary. D. The newspaper industry was sustained by an apprentice system. E. Wood printing presses could make 200 impressions per hour. F. Newspapers were crucial in supporting the move toward independence from Britain.

ẠY

KÈ

Part 4: Rcacl the passage and fill in each gap with ONE suitable word. After school many British students go to university. They (131) ........................... several universities through UCAS (Universities and Colleges Admission Service) and receive (132) ............................of a place on condition that they achieve certain (133) .............................. in their A levels. A first (134) ............................., which is usually an honours degree, generally takes three years. Most courses end with (135) ........................... called finals. Results are given as classes (= grades): a first is the highest class, scconils are often split between upper second and lower second, and below that is a third. (136) ........................... may add the loiters BA (Bachelor of Alls) or BS (Bachelor of Science) after their name. Some graduates go on to study for a (137) ........................... degree, often a master's degree ora (138)................................ Students in Britain formerly had Ihcir tuition fees paid by the state and received a government (139) ........................... to help pay their living expenses. Now they reccivc only a loan towards their expenses, and have to pay £1000 a year towards tuitions. The new arrangements have caused a great deal of concern both among students and among members of the public who believe that education should be (1 4 0 ) ......................................

I’iific 12 o f If) * V2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

IV. WRITING: (6 points)

Part 1: Finish each of the following sentences ill sucli a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it.

LY M

M i l can remember an equati) Ỉ ; : ! IOUS- incident.

1 can remember an incident just . ......................................................................................... 1‘12 Because there Was a late frost, milch of the fruit crop was spoiled. A frost, ...................... ...................... ................. ...... ".......................................................... 143 1 donrl understand I.me w ord o f Ihis vvrcỉciicd report.

I can't make head..................................................... .................................................................. 144. Our car really needs servicing, doesn't it? Our car really m ust..................................................................................................................... 145. It's a pity that you wrote that letter. I'd.......... ............. ................ ................................................................................................

Part 2: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence. Use the word given and other words as nccessary. Do not change the form of the given word. 146. The manufacturing process was delayed by problems no one had foreseen. (HELD)

147. Tim looks nothing like his father. (TAKE)

148. The new cinema will be built as long as the council agrees to our plans for extra car parking space. (SUBJECT)

149. There are very few opportunities for Tim to play the saxophone these days. (GET)

KÈ

150 The staff in that office all have great respect for their boss. (LOOK) Part 3: The two pie charts below show changes ill world population by region between 1900 and

ẠY

2000.

Summarise the information by choosing and reporting the key features, and make any relevant comparisons. You should write about 150 words.

Page 13 o f ] 6 * V2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viêt vào phân ô chừa trông này

LY M

P o p u la tio n 19Q0: 1.600 m illion

' E Asia

□ Europe (including Russia)

□ Latin America 0 Others_______________J

ẠY

KÈ

■ North America 0 Africa

World Population 2000: 6 billion E3 Asia □ Europe (including Russia)

■ North A m erica E Africa □ Latin America B Middle East and North Africa

n Others

I___ __ _______________________

LY M

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

ẠY

KÈ

Part 4: Write about the following topic: We live today in an electronic information age. It is easier to be connected by technology yet many people seem no closer lo feeling happy in their lives. Disatss. Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant ideas from your own knowledge or experience. You should write 250 —300 words.

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

THE END

ẠY

Đề thi có 16 trang; Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm.

Page 16 o f 16 * V2

MÃ ĐÈ 1: Attitudes to family Question 01

In what ways have families in your country changed in recent years?

PI AD

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

LY M

You have 10 minutes to think what you are going to say. You should prepare notes instead o f fu ll sentences and try to SPEAK as naturally as possible. Your talking time should not exceed 5 minutes. Good luck!

MÃ ĐỀ 2: Travelling and learning Question 02

What do people learn from travelling?

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

ẠY

KÈ

Question 03

MÃ ĐỀ 3: Attitudes to education

How has education changed in your country in the last ten years? Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

MÃ ĐỀ 4: Education and technology Question 04

PI AD

How important is it for schools to have computers for their students? Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

MÃ ĐẺ 5: Tastes in reading

LY M

You have 10 minutes to think what yo u are going to say. You should prepare notes instead o f fu ll sentences and try to SP EA K as naturally as possible. Your talking tim e should not exceed 5 minutes. Good luck!

Question 05

Do you think it is important for people to read a lot? Why (not)?

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

ẠY

KÈ

You have Ỉ 0 minutes to think what yo u are going to say. You should prepare notes instead o f fu ll sentences and try to SP EA K as naturally as possible. Your talking time should not exceed 5 minutes. Good ỉuckỉ

.SỞ GIẢO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TƯYẺN HSG LỚP 12 THPT D ự THI CẤP QUỐC GIA NĂM HỌC 2013 - 2014

HƯỚNG DẢN CHÁM ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIÉNG ANH Ngày thi: 26/10/2013 (Hướng dẫn chấm gồm có 05 trang)

PI AD

SUGGESTED ANSWERS of ĐÈ Vòng 2 ngày 27/10/2013 I. LISTENING: (3 points / 0.1 for each right answer)

Parti: I .c Ố.B

3.93014269 4. C X / Cathay Pacific 912 5. c 9. passport, key, ticket 10. baggage claim number (any two)

2. 533 East / E 67(th) 7. A 8. clear customs

LY M

Part 2: II. B 12. D 13. A 14. her appointment 15. sign up for 16. when student would like to graduate, 17. four years, 18. 15 credit hours 19. mass communication class 20. take science class

Part 3: 21. G 22. A 23. c 24. c 25. A 26. B 27. B 28. A 29. select films 30. design program

47. the 52. themselves 57. that

KÈ

Part 2: 46. to 51.it 56. s

II. LEXICO - GRAMMAR: (7points / 0.1 for each right answer) Parti: 31. A 32. D 33. c 34. A 35. c 36. B 37. B 38. c 39. A 40. c 41. c 42. A 43. B 44. A 45. A

62. autonomous 67. imaginative

ẠY

Part 3: 61. drawbacks 66. pressing

48. s 53. up 58. and

49. be 5 4 .^ 59. do

63. attendance 68. expertise

72. is 76. have attracted 79. were recovered

Part 5: 81. on 86. In

83. by 88. out

Part 4: 71. have been breaking 75. has fetched 78. had been stolen / were

82.into 87. onto

50. s 55. than 60. most

64. sufficiently 69. immersion

73. have been sold 77. had been / were 80. left

84. between 89. in

65. dreadfully 70. invaluable

74. bought

85. across 90. on

Part 6: Page 1 of 7 * Đáp án đề thi HSG Đồng Tháp V2 * ngày 26/10/2013 * Năm học 2013-2014

92. a 97. the

93. the 98. the

94. the 99. the

95. the 100.0

III. READING: (4 points / 0.1 for each right answer) Part 1: 102. D 101. c 103. A 104. A 106. A 107. c 108. D 109. D 111. D 112. A 113.D 114. D

105. A 110. A 115. D

117. c 122. B

118. D

119. c

120. c

Part 3: 123. c 128. B

124. A 129. A

125. D 130. c, D, F

126 . c

127, B

132. offers 137. further/higher

133. grades 138. doctorate

135. exams 140. free

IV. WRITING: (6 points) Part 1: (0.5 points / 0.1 for each right answer) 141.1can remember an incident just as mysterious as this one. 142. A frost, which came late, spoiled much of the fruit crop. 143.1can’t make head or tail of this wretched report. 144. Our car really must be serviced, mustn't it? 145. I’d rather you hadn’t written that letter.

134. degree 139. grant

Part 4: 131. apply 136. Graduates

LY M

Part 2: 116. B 121. A

PI AD

91. a 9 6 .0

Part 2: (0.5 points / 0.1 for each right answer) 146. The manufacturing process was held oft' bv / because o f / due to / owing to / on account o f / as a result o f unforeseen problems. 147. Tim doesn’t take after his father at all. 148. The new cinema will be built subject to the council / council's agreeing / the council’s agreement (the agreement o f the council) to our plans for extra car parking space. 149. Hardly / (Very) rarely does Tim get the /any /a n / opportunity to play (any opportunities to play) / a / the / any chance to play / of playing the saxophone these days. 150. The staff in that office look up to their boss. Content (1.0) & language + form (1.0)

KÈ

Part 3: (2.0 ms)

ẠY

Content Introduction: 1sent (enough information) 0.2 (overall) Body: + (overall) 0.1 + describe the chart with comparison (increase, decrease, stable,...) (at least 5 sentences) 0.5 Conclusion: summary, the most remarkable 0.2 TOTAL: 1.0

language + form Paraphrasing (0.2) general trend / feature (without numbers) (0.1) Double, more ... than, twice as much as, highest, lowest, ... s + V + adv / There be + adj + noun complex sentences / academic words ... (0.5) complex sentences / academic words ... (0.2) 1.0

Part 4: (3 points / content: 1.5 points & language use and organising ideas: 1.5 points) P ag c2 o f 7 * Đáp án đề till HSG Đồng Tháp V2 * ngày 26/10/2013 * Năm học 2013-2014

Content 1.5

Language 1.5 0.1 0.1 0.1

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

LY M

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

PI AD

0.1 0.1 0.1

0.2

Introduction: Present Situation One side: ... Other side: ... Thesis Body: at least 2 paragraphs (easy to follow and coherent) - (For) Topic:............ Reason 1 :............... Supporting Detail 1:.................. Reason 2 : Supporting Detail 2:.................. Reason 3: ............... Supporting Detail 3:............. . - (Against). Topic: ........ Reason 1 :............... Supporting Detail 1:.................. Reason2: ............... Supporting Detail 2:.................. Reason 3: Supporting Detail 3:.................. Conclusion: at least 2 sentences Conclusion / summary (future)

ẠY

KÈ

Transcripts: Part 1 A conversation in an international airport between a newly arrived student, Jenny Lee, and an agent at the lost luggage counter A: OK, who's next, please? J: I think I am. A: How can [ help you? J: I just came in on flight 372 from Singapore at ] 1:30 and my luggage hasn't arrived. I've been waiting at the baggage claim for about half an hour now and everything seems to have come off the plane. The conveyor belt has stopped and all the passengers have gone, So I came here to find out what has happened to my bag. A: Can I see your ticket please? J: Here it is. A: So you came from Hong Kong today and changed planes in Singapore, right? J: Yes, the connection in Singapore was a tight one. The plane got in late and I had to rush to get to the next flight. A: That's the problem right there. There wasn't enough time to get your bags onto the connecting flight. Normally Singapore airport is very efficient. Now, I need you to fill in these forms. Your name? J: Jenny Lee. A: Address? J: I guess you want my address here. I'm staying with relatives. Just a minute, I'll have to look it up. It looks like 583, no it's 533 East 67th St. in Riverside. A: Do you have the phone number there? J: Yes, I do. It's... um... 93014269. A: So you came in on Qantas Flight 392. Do you know the number of the flight out of Hong Kong? J: Let me see. I think it was Cathay Pacific 900 or something, Oh yes, it says here c x 912. {Pause) A: Right. Now, 1 need a description of the luggage. How many pieces did you check in? J: Just one. A: Can you describe it for me? Here is a picture to help you.

Page 3 of 7 * Đ áp án đè thi HSG Dồng Tháp V2 * ngày 26/10/2013 * Nãrn học 2013-2014

LY M

PI AD

J: OK. It's a big bag like this one. Rectangular - not hard shell but soft covered and it has a zipper around the front. A: Is it black? J: No, sort of a grey colour. A: Any identification? J: Just a tag with my name on it. A: Any other features? J: Well, it has wheels, and a retractable handle on the end so you can pull it, as well as the handle in the middle. A: OK, that's fine. Now, if your bag missed the connection, I’m sure it’ll be put on the next flight. I'll email Singapore as soon as I finish here. The next flight comes in at 17:50, that’s ten to six this evening. You can pick it up then. J: Ten to six. That’s too long to wait. Can 1 get my uncle to pick up the bag on his way home from work? A: Sorry. You have to be here yourself to clear customs. J: Of course. I almost forgot. Will the bag come here, to this desk? A: Yes. You pick it up here, then take it over to the customs area. By the way, don’t forget to bring your passport. You will also need to have the key plus your ticket with the baggage claim number on it. J: Oh, OK. Guess I'll have to come back tomorrow then. It's lucky I packed everything 1 need for now in my carry-on bag. A; Yes, that's always a good idea. Be prepared!

KÈ

Transcripts: Part 2 W1: Hi, Professor. Ĩ am here for my 9:00 appointment. W2: Good morning. So you're here to register for next semester's classes? Wl: Yes, that's right. I want to make sure that I am signing up for the courses that I need for my journalism major. W2: Let me get out the journalism requirements checklist so we can make sure that you’re taking the classes you need. Here we go. Okay, now, how many course hours do you want to have next semester? W1: As few as possible. I really don't want to get burned out. W2: Well, I can understand that. I was a student once, too, but remember that you need 126 credit hours to graduate, and I suspect you want to graduate in the usual four years? W1: Oh, yes, I really can't afford to stay longer than four years! W2: Okay, so keeping that in consideration, I would recommend that you take at least 15 to 18 hours each semester. Wl: Well, okay. I took 15 credit hours each for the last two semesters. And I'm signed up for six credit hours of summer school. Fifteen hours hasn't been so bad, so maybe I'll continue with that. But can we try to schedule my classes so that I get to sleep in a little bit in the mornings? W2: Sure, absolutely. And the fact that you took so many credits last semester means you've gotten off to a good start! Have you taken all the required courses for first-year journalism students? Wl: Yes, I have. Oh, wait a minute! I actually took a biology class instead of a mass communication class. ĨS that a problem?

ẠY

W2: No, it's not a problem. Actually, you need to take two science classes before you graduate, so now you have filled one of those two requirements. But you definitely need to take the mass communication class this next semester because it is a prerequisite for other classes that you need. W1: Oh, that’s good to know. Well, I’ll write down that course to take next semester. Should I take my other science class in the fall semester also? W2: It would be a good idea to take that class in one of the next two semesters so you can focus on the classes in your major. Is there a science class offered next semester that interests you? Wl: There is a geology class that looks interesting, and I've heard good things about the professor. It’s offered at three different times, so I should be able to work that in around my other classes. W2: Great. So I will sign this for you now. Do you have any other questions while you're here? w 1: Not that I can think of at the moment. Thank you very much for helping me, Professor. W2: No problem. That's what I’m here for. Good luck next semester!

Page 4 o f 7 * Dáp án đè thi HSG Dồng Tháp V2 * ngày 26/10/2013 * Nãm học 2013-2014

that will attract an audience.

LY M

PI AD

ẠY

KÈ

A: Veronica mentioned something about interviews. How does that fit in? C: We set up cameras in the foyer of the theatre and did live interviews before, during intermission and after the screening. Anyone from the audience could come up and talk about the film. The broadcasting and journalism school set it up and ran the interviews. They were shown on big screens around the lobby and in the theatre. It went over really well. We had a long line up of students waiting to be interviewed on TV. Everybody wanted their minute of fame. A: Great idea! C: Yeah, it worked really well. We should certainly do something similar again. V: Maybe even develop the idea further. Like a website with audience reviews and discussion so we can get as much participation and involvement as possible. C: Hey, that's a good idea! A: Can I ask a question? None of the films are in English, right? Are they dubbed or subtitled? C: Well, we do occasionally choose a film in English but only from unusual places where the dialect is so strong they sometimes need subtitles - like the Caribbean or even Scotland! The majority of films in the festival are foreign language, dubbed in English. Wc'vc learned from experience that students don't like reading subtitles. Maybe they read too much already. Whatever the reason the subtitled films get smaller audiences so we avoid them as much as possible. V: So how large an audience can we expect and how much does it cost to get in? C: It costs $5 per film or a $20 pass for the whole event - all 12 films for the real movie fan. We would have broken even last year except for a bad storm on the Friday night - we almost had to cancel the whole thing. But overall, we had a good turnout - more than 2,000 people in 4 days.

Page 5 o f 7 * Đáp án lie llii MSG Dồng Tháp V2 * ngày 26/10/2013 * Năm học 2013-2014

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

V: That's what I was wondering about - the financial part. Where does the funding come from? What kind of budget do we have? C: The festival is subsidised by the student council. We generate money through advertising and through admission charges. We'll go over the budget in detail a little later. But we've got lots of work to do in the meantime. A: I guess we have to start pretty soon. C: Well, I think by the first of March at the latest, we need to select all the films. Then we have to find some advertisers to sponsor the event - that shouldn't be too hard. We’ll just start with last year’s list. Our deadline for that should be the middle of March. By the end of March we need to design the program. Then we can get posters made up and distributed in April. V: Like you said, we need some clever promotion - something to generate interest and get people talking. We have 4 months to get ready. It should be enough time. C: OK, where do we start? A: Let’s start by talking about films - since that is the best part - and see what we come up with. What was the best film you saw last year? Part 3: (2 points / content: 1 point & language use and organising ideas: 1 point) These pie charts show changes in world population between 1900 and 2000. The major regions are represented as percentages o f the total world population. From 1900 to 2000 Africa’s percentage of world population increased from 4.5% to 10% while Latin America grew from 3% to 8% o f world population. On the other hand, the percentage o f population in Europe and Asia decreased during the same period. Europe dropped from 25% to 14% while Asia's percentage declined from 60% to 54%. North America, however, showed no change, remaining at 5% of world population both in 1900 and 2000. The Middle East and North Africa, a new category in 2000, represented 6% o f world population. The percentage of population in the remaining areas o f the world (’Others') rose slightly from 2.5% to 3%. Overall, this represents a huge increase in the number o f humans on the Planet from 1,600 million to 6 billion in just one hundred years. Most o f this population growth has occurred in developing countries. (162 words) Part 4: (3 points / content: 1.5 points & language use and organising ideas: 1.5 points) The electronic information age that we live in today, certainly makes communicating very quick and easy. It is simple for many people to contact dozens o f others every day via computer or phone, but does this make them feel happier? Happiness is difficult to define, but in addition to basic needs like food, shelter or peace, it depends on such things as good health, a loving family and friends, and a satisfying occupation - either job, study or pastime. Whether modern com munication has increased people's feelings o f happiness is, however, debatable. There are m any advantages to being connected electronically. For the price o f a local phone call we can stay in touch via email with family or friends around the world. In this way isolation by distance or climate can be overcome. For example, Finland with its long winter has one o f the highest rates of internet use. Information that would only be available to a small number o f people without the use of computers is now at our fingertips. Similarly thousands o f people use chatrooms and internet dating sites every day. On the other hand, it seems to be the case that depression and suicide rates are high and the divorce rate is increasing. Employees complain o f longer working hours and increased stress levels. There is concern that people are in fact becoming more isolated; oniy communicating on line. On this evidence they seem unhappier today. Happiness is hard to measure, as it is subjective and depends on the particular situation. Perhaps there is more awareness o f current problems because so much information is available through technology and the media. Even so, it would seem that the quality o f our relationships and therefore our level o f happiness is unrelated to modem technology, which is, after all, only a tool. (299 words) Page 6 o f 7 * t)áp án đề thi í [SG Dông Tháp V2 * ngày 26/10/2013 * Năm học 2013-2014

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYẾN HSG LỚP 12 THPT DỤ THI CÁP QUOC GIA NĂM HỌC 2013 - 2014

Ngày thì: 26/10/2013 (Hướng dẫn chấm gồm có 01 trang)

0.5

Dùng từ thích hợp

0.2

Sử dụng đúng cú pháp câu

0.2

Tiêu chí 02: Lexical resource (0.2)

Tiêu chí 03: Grammar (0.5)

0.2

Ngữ điệu Diễn đạt ý trôi chảy Tông điêm

0.2 0.2 2.0

Tiêu chí 04: Pronunciation/fluency (0.6)

Phát âm chuẩn

KÈ ẠY

0.1

Cấu trúc ngữ pháp đa dạng

0.2

Cấu trúc câu phong phú

Ghi chú - Các ý rời rạc: 0.05 - It hơn 03 tìr nỗi: 0.0 + Introduction: 0.05 + Body: 0.4 + Conclusion: 0,05

LY M

Ý mạch lạc

Điếm chấm

Điếm 0.1 0.1

Tiêu chí 01: Cohesion/Coherence (0.7)

Nội dung Trình bày ý liên kểt Từ nôi

Tiêu chí

PI AD

HƯỚNG DẢN CHẤM ĐÈ CHÍNH THỬC MÔN: TIÉNG ANH (THI NÓI)

-Sai 02 từ-0.1 - Trừ không quá 0.2

- Sai 01 củ pháp -0.1 - Trừ không quá 0.2 - Có 03 câu trúc trở lên: 0.2 - ít hơn 03 cấu trúc câu: 0.1 - Chỉ dùng câu đom: 0.0 - Dùng 03 câu trúc trở lên: °-,1 - ít hơn 03 cấu trúc: 0.0 -Sai 3-5 từ -0.1 - Sai từ 06 từ trờ lên -0.2 - Trừ không quá 0.2 - Chưa tôt: 0.1 - Dừng lâu: 0.1

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐỒNG THÁP ĐẺ CHÍNH THỨC

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYÉN HỌC SINH GIỎI D ự THI CÁP QUỐC GIA NĂM 2017

ĐÈ THI MÔN: TIÉNG ANH

Ngàỵ thi: 21/6/2016 Thời gian làm bài: 180 phút (Không kể thời gian phát đề) (Đe thi gồm có: 12 trang)

PI AD

I. LISTENING

Part 1: You will hear an interview with someone who runs a company called The Perfume

LY M

Shop, which sells perfume in a group of shops in the UK. For questions 1-7, choose the best answer (A, B, or C) which fits best according to what you hear. 1. Which of these statements summarizes Jo’s sales philosophy? A. People care about what they buy. B. Names don’t sell products. c . People are more important than products.

B. They emphasize enjoyment of work.

2. What do we learn about the “Fish principles”? A. They are used by many companies.

c . Jo was told about them by some fish sellers. 3. Jo says that one of the Fish principles concerns______________.

A. thinking of enjoyable activities for staff B. deciding to be enthusiastic about your job

c . persuading customers to buy 4. Which of the following is true about perfume, according to Jo?

A. It has special connections for some people. B. People often aren’t given the right advice about it.

c . Many people find it hard to decide which one they like best. 5. What problem did the girl in the shopping centre have?

KÈ

A. She hadn’t been able to find the perfume she wanted. B. She had used all o f a certain perfume that she had. c . She thought she wouldn’t be able to buy a certain perfume. 6. Jo’s intention when she spoke to the girl w a s_____________ .

ẠY

A. to give her some good news B. to sympathize with her problem c. to sell her some perfume 7. Jo says that the man who came into one o f The Perfume Shop’s stores ______________. A. became a regular customer B. wanted a perfume that was no longer available c . was amazed when she sent him a bottle of her own perfume

Part 2: Listen to a talk in which the speaker explains how to recruit new members of staff. For questions 8-12, complete the flowchart below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer. Trang 1/12

Recruitment Process 1 1 given 1 1 exercise 1 Candidate a1group

Candidates give a short (8.)_________________

PI AD

Role-play exercise Psychometric tests to analyze candidates’ (9.) L I , z Individual (10.) ____

Ỉ

LY M

u After assessment, successful candidate is (11.)

(12.) ____________________________ are taken up

Part 3: You will hear an interview with someone who works in a museum in London. For

questions 13-19, complete the sentences. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS in each spaced provided.

THE PETRIE MUSEUM

•

Sir William Petrie died in 1942. He mainly collected the (13.)______________________ used by people in ancient Egypt. The curator’s favorite object is a (14.) ______________________ which has two letters written on it. Petrie packed the objectives well before sending them from Egypt. The museum contains (15.)______________________ objects that people can’t see. In the new building, the objects will be displayed in (16.)______________________ . A small area o f the new museum will be about Petrie and his work. The new museum will not have (17.)______________________ for objects. The museum is discussing with people what the (1 8 .)______________________ in the new museum will contain. Petrie described his collection as “(19.)______________________

KÈ

Part 4: You will hear a radio interview in which two people, Frank Johnson and Anna Pritchard, are discussing education in Britain. For questions 20-25, choose the correct answer A, B, c or D.

ẠY

20. What does Frank Johnson suggest about current teaching methods?

A. They help teachers get their message across in an amusing way.

B. They result in teachers losing sight o f their main professional tasks, c . They allow students a necessary break from serious study. D. They encourage parental involvement in the educational process.

21. According to Frank, what is the key to a good education? A. promoting traditional skills through creativity B. developing general knowledge through linguistic ability c . ensuring the accuracy of what is taught D. enabling students to acquire reasoning powers Trang 2/12

22. Anna Pritchard thinks that, in the average school today,__________ . A. most teachers adopt satisfactory teaching methods B . there is an insufficient variety of classroom activities c . most teachers adapt their methods to suit different learners D. there are too many students per class for teachers to deal with 23. How does Anna think schools should change their approach? B. by allowing students to choose precisely what they want to learn c . by letting students play music in the background during class D. by encouraging students to talk through their ideas in class

PI AD

A. by helping students to investigate the ways in which they learn

A. can improve students’ physical balance B . make students more receptive to what they study

LY M

24. Anna thinks that activities such as juggling can be beneficial because th ey __________ .

c . adjusted to suit each student

D. checked carefully for inaccuracies

c . help students relax after concentrating hard D. promote awareness o f physical fitness 25. Anna thinks that note-taking activities should b e __________ . A. varied according to topic B . replaced by other activities

II. LEXICO-GRAMMAR

Part 1: For questions 26-40, choose the correct answer (A, B, c , or D) to each of the

following questions.

26. One of the organization’s aims is t o ______ information about the disease so that more people know of its symptoms. A. disentangle B. deride c . dwindle D. disseminate

27. Have you seen the new boss? She is th e ______ image of Marilyn Monroe. A. live B. true c . spitting D. same

KÈ

28. The interpreter gave only a _______ version of the old man’s long rambling account. A. minimum B. miniature c . marginal D. condensed

ẠY

29. The scientists broke down as they realized that all their efforts had gone t o ______ . A. loss B. failure c . waste D. collapse

30. That is the girl whose parents a re ______ about the expulsion. A.up in arms B. keeping your hair c . kicking herself D. giving her a taste 31. I’ve y e t______ a person as his father. A. to have known such generous B. to know as generous c . knowing as generous

D. been knowing such generous

32. Don’t call Pam just now. Something has gone wrong with the computer; she’s ______ because she can’t get the data she needs. A. in a stew B. out of a rut c . in the swim D. under the sink

Trang 3/12

33. All the members of the board w ere______ themselves to please the Chairperson A. falling over B. jumping over c . carrying off D. coming about 34. As his final examinations a re ______ hand, he is burning the candle at bo th______ . A.at/ends B. in/ends c . at/ways D. in/ways 35. Environmentalists’ warning about climate change seem to b e ______ on deaf ears. A.coming

B. landing

c . going

D. falling

PI AD

Part 2: For questions 36-45, write the correct form of each bracketed word. There is an example at the beginning (0).

LY M

Born lucky? Research shows some (0. notice) noticeable differences in the (36. PSYCHOLOGY) ____________ attitude and behavior of lucky and unlucky people. If genes affect (37.

PE R SO N )____________ and behavior, then you can indeed be born lucky. Lucky people create opportunities for good fortune by being extrovert, sociable and using open body language. They are relaxed and (38. APPROACH) _____________, and more receptive to new opportunities. They also like change and (39. V A R Y )____________ , and this brings about new (40. POSSIBLE)____________ and the prospect of new friends. Lucky people also have positive (41. EXPECT)____________ of life. In one famous

experiment psychologists told American high school teachers certain school children were

especially (42. G IFT)____________ . In fact, there was nothing (43. EXCEPT)____________ about them. The teachers, however, showered them with praise and (44. ENCOURAGE)

____________ , and the children responded by producing better schoolwork. The converse is also true. Finnish researchers divided 2,000 men into “negative", “neutral” and “positive” groups, depending on their personalities. Over a six-year period, those in the “negative’’ group were (45. DENY) ____________ more susceptible to illness and

III. READING

accidents.

Part 1: For questions 46-55, read the text below and decide which answer best fits each gap.

ẠY

KÈ

PEER PRESSURE One of the strongest influences on children today is that o f their peers. What their classmates think, how they dress and how they act in class and out of it (4 6 .)________ the behavior of nearly every child at school. In their efforts not to be different, some children go so far as to hide their intelligence and ability in case they are made (4 7 .)_________ of. Generally, children do not want to stand out from the crowd. They want to ( 4 8 .)_________ in, to be accepted. In psychological (4 9 .)_________ , the importance of peer pressure cannot be over

emphasized. There is a lot of evidence that it has great (50.) _________ on all aspects of children's lives, from the clothes they wear, the music they listen to and their attitude to study to their ambitions in life, their relationships and their (5 1 .)_________ of self-worth. However, as children grow up into adolescents, individuality becomes more acceptable, (5 2 .) _________ even, and in their (5 3 .)__________ for their own personal style, the teenager and young adult will begin to experiment and be more willing to (54.) _________ the risk of Trang 4/12

rejection by the group. Concern about intellectual prowess and (5 5 .)_________ good exam results can dominate as the atmosphere of competition develops and worries about the future

B. laugh

48. A. set

B. fall

49. A. terms

B. words

50. A. running 51. A, reaction

B. bearing B. sense

52. A. desirable 53. A. hunt

B. bearable B. chase

54. A. carry

B. run

5 5 .A. succeeding

B. achieving

D. vary D. ridicule D. fit D. means D. standing

D. awareness D. likeable D. search

LY M

47. A. joke

c. impress c. fun c. get c. points c. meaning c. impression c. tolerable c. course c. bring c. earning

PI AD

override any fears of appearing too brainy. 46. A. affect B. result

D.cope

D. winning

Part 2: For questions 56-65, read the text below and think of ONE word which best fits

each gap.

E - CURRENCY Have you noticed the spate of bank mergers being reported in the financial pages? The

names change, smaller branches close and superfluous staff lose (56.) ______ jobs. If you thought this was all (5 7 .)______ the name of increased profit margins, think again. The banks

themselves are engaged in a struggle (58.) ______ their very survival. Their nemesis? The Internet, of course.

The Internet proved, in just a (5 9.)______ short years, that it can transform the very way that commerce is conducted. Customers can pay for goods and services on-line, and settle (60.)

_______ accounts on the Internet. (6 1 .)_______ direct transfers could conceivably spell the end of money as we know it today. Cash, cheques and credit cards will give (6 2 .)______ to e-

currencies, some form of “Internet only” money.

KÈ

What form will these new “e-currencies” take? Perhaps some kind of credits or even virtual money. Some Internet sites are already using a system called “beenz” whereby you can earn credits, or “beenz”, by visiting participating sites, (63.) ______ can then be used to purchase items on-line. Also, consumers will soon be able to download credit onto smartcards to

ẠY

be used to (64.) ______ purchases in the real world. (65.) ______ form such e-currencies ultimately take, the only thing we can be sure of is that counting out coins for bus tickets will soon be a thing of the past.

Part 3: For questions 66-75, read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the questions that follow.

In the second millennium, one frequently asked question is: What are the limits o f the human body? Is there a point at which it is physically impossible to do something?

i4One thing w e’ve all learned in the last 30 years or so is that just about anything is humanly possible,” says Dr. Jack Wilmore, from Texas A&M University and author of The Physiology o f Sport and Exercise, part of which examines the limits o f the human body. “As the new millennium progresses, I think you’ll see more records continue to fall in every sport. The talent pool is better than ever. Never before have so many good athletes Trang5/12

competed, and not just in this country, but all over the world. With more people involved and competing, records will fall and new standards will be set.”

PI AD

Many believed that it was physically impossible for a human to run a mile in under four minutes, but Roger Bannister proved that theory wrong with a three minute, 59 second mile (1.609 kilometers) in 1954. Today, sub four-minute miles are considered routine even in his,h school. And Bob Beamon stretched human performance in the 1968 Olympics with his historic long jump of 8.9027 meters. In an event in which a record is usually broken by mere inches, he shattered the previous jump by 0.6096 meters, but even his record was broken in 1991. “We’ve all seen reports of people doing superhuman feats of strengths under duress, such as a man lifting a car off a child,” Wilmore adds. “So we know that the human body can do things that go far beyond normal activity. That’s why it’s foolish to say any record can’t be broken/'

LY M

One additional factor is just now becoming more understood and heavily emphasized: sports psychology. Getting inside the athlete’s head can be as effective as training and long workouts.

According to Wilmore, the psychological aspect of sports should not be discounted because we now know what makes the athlete tick mentally can be all-important. He points out that “most professional teams have hired sports psychologists for their players. It’s just another way of tapping into a human’s full potential.”

“In addition, every aspect of athletics - training, nutrition, injury treatment - is far better than it’s ever been. Better coaching, training techniques, equipment and other factors all contribute to make today’s athletes more competitive than ever,” he believes. “Children today tend to specialize in one or two sports instead of competing in several as was common twentyfive years ago,” Wilmore says. That means they start concentrating on a sport much earlier and more intensely, and they become much better at it.”

Wilmore also says that the chances of women achieving new heights in athletics could be greater than men, as more women are now involved in sports than at any other time and thev are starting at about the same age as boys, meaning they are more skilled than the previous generation of girls. “Plus, women are taller and stronger than ever. It used to be rare to see a girl who towered above you. Now it seems like you see them every day.”

“There’s a lot we don’t know yet about the human body,” he adds. “And one of those things is the full range o f human potential. It can be foolish to try and put limits on what the human body can do.”

ẠY

KÈ

66. What is the topic o f the reading passage? A. the physical potential of the human body B. reasons why modern sportspeople perform better than they did previously. c. records of physical achievements that the human body can perform. D. the physical limitations of the human body 67. What initial comment does Dr. Jack Wilmore make? A. There will always be limits to what the human body can achieve. B. Athletes will continue to surprise us with what they can achieve. c. Athletics will become one of the most popular forms of exercise. D. It will become more and more difficult for athletes to break records. 68. Why does the writer mention athletes like Bannister and Beamon? A. To demonstrate the effect of their determination to win had on them B. To demonstrate how accurately we can measure what athletes are capable of c . To exemplify what athletes can achieve under stressful conditions D. To prove that even their amazing achievements can be bettered Trang 6/12

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

69. Dr. Wilmore feels that attitudes within athletics are changing because_______ . A. coaches have begun to realize the importance of more intensive training B. athletes are now being given mental as well as physical training by experts c. experts have begun to highlight the need for more unusual workouts D. coaches now encourage athletes to unwind between training sessions. 70. According to Dr. Wilmore, how are today’s children different from those years ago? A. They are more likely to become professional athletes. B. They become more proficient in their chosen sports, c . They participate in far more sports. D. They begin sports at a much earlier age. 71. Dr. Wilmore believes that w om en_______ . A. now have the same chance as boys of realizing their potential. B. have physically developed and advanced over the years c . perform equally well whether they are tall or short D. are beginning to play sports at a much younger age than boys. 72. What conclusion does Dr. Wilmore make? A. We must congratulate ourselves on what athletes have achieved so far. B. We try to push the human body to its limits at our peril. c . We need to do more research into what the human body is capable of. D. We should not prejudge what might be beyond our physical capabilities. 73. Look at the following sentence. Who’s to say it w o n ’t happen? Where does the sentence best fit in the following paragraph? “‘[1] We’ve all seen reports of people doing superhuman feats of strengths under duress, such as a man lifting a car off a child,” Wilmore adds. “[2] So we know that the human body can do things that go far beyond normal activity. [3] That’s why it’s foolish to say anyrecordcan’t be broken. [4]” A. £2] B. [ 1] c. [3] D. [4] 74. What does the phrase “his record” in paragraph 4 refer to? A. Roger’s running a mile in three minutes and 59 seconds B. Bob’s long jump of 8.2931 meters c . Roger’s running a mile in four minutes D. Bob’s long jump of 8.9027 meters 75. The word “feats” as used in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning t o _______ . A. failures B. shows c . accomplishments D. performances Part 4: Read the following passage and answer questions 76-87.

ẠY

The getaway blues Formual explains why it takes so long to relax on holiday

A. With so much to do, going on holiday is certainly no vacation. First there’s the flight to arrange, then the hotel or villa to book, and that’s before you’ve sorted out the delicate matter of the beach outfit, evening wear and reading material.

B. For much of the year we fantasie about a long break from the relentless drive of the everyday grind. But making our dream holiday a reality is what makes the stress really kick in, so it is little wonder it takes most holidaymakers a good few days to relax after their arrival. No matter how idyllic the surroundings, there is no immediate way to simply forget all about work, the children’s schooling, the leaking roof and all those other domestic issues we long to escape.

Trang 7/12

Susan Quilliam, psychologist, body language expert, and regular TV and radio commentator, states that stress creates actual changes in the body’s hormonal balance, which in turn leads to a changed psychological state. She continues by pointing out that stress caused by trying to arrange a holiday can be responsible for these hormonal changes in the body and that this can lead to dramatic mood alteration. These changes in mood can range from anxiety and irritability to a range o f more serious psychological problems including mild depression.

LY M

PI AD

D. As if that weren’t bad enoueh, Ms Quilliam goes on to say that these hormonal changes do not rectify themselves immediately when the stressful situation is removed. It can take the body a certain amount of time to regain its hormonal balance and for the individual to become relaxed again. That is why if we get stressed before the holiday, we may not be able to relax sufficiently to enjoy ourselves - often for several days after our arrival. We can be lying on a beach in the sunshine, but feeling stressed!

Ms Quilliam points out that today’s pressurised lifestyles mean that going on holiday is a lot more stressful. Taking a holiday is no longer a question o f catching a bus to the neareast seaside resort with your bucket and spade. We not only have to organize foreign travel and negotiate long, complex journeys we also have to settle our home and work matters before we go. Add in potential tension with travel partners and the psychological pressures of high expectations, and by the time we arrive at our destination, we’re stressed to the max!

E. So how many days of our holiday are going to be wasted recovering from goins, on holiday? Is it worth going on holiday at all? To answer these questions we now have a formula to calculate the amount of holiday time needed to recover from the stress of preparing for what should be our annual period of rest and recuperation. The formula, devised by Ms Quilliam, is calculated thus: time spent preparing for the holiday, multiplied by the level of stress caused by the preparation (on a scale of 0 to 9), then divided by the stress level of the holiday (on a scale of 1 to 15). The result is the number of recovery hours needed before relaxation is possible.

KÈ

G. So according to Ms Quilliam, the secret to a stress-free holilday is planning, choosing the right kind o f holiday and having realistic expectations. This means concluding any unfinished work in the office and ensuring the little ones are sufficiently entertained during the trip. You must prepare and plan well in advance, don’t leave things to the last minute, make a list o f the things that you need to do, and cross them off one by one. If you feel it’s all too much, then book an all-inclusive holiday where you are transferred to the hotel, you don’t have to negotitate lots of different restaurants with the children, and you have a travel rep on hand to help you with any problems.

ẠY

H. The result of a survey commissioned by Lloyds TSB bank and carried out by Ms Quilliam have confirmed her theories; today’s holidaymakers really are stressed out. More than 83 percent of people surveyed admitted to getting “severly stressed” in the run-up to their holiday. More than a quarter of people admitted to needing the first few days of their holiday to recover. Some became so anxious they left without makins essential arrangements and forget things such as feeding the cat (11 percent), taking out travel insurance (20 percent), and cancelling the milk (12 percent). Amazingly, a tiny minority of travellers (a little over 1 percent) actually forgot to tell their bosses they were going on holiday!

Questions 76-82. The reading passage has eight paragraphs A-H. Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of the headings below. Write the correct numbers i-x next to the paragraphs.

List of Headings i

Holiday stress statistics

Stressful “perfect holidays”

76.

Paragraph B

iii

Complex holiday preparations

77.

Paragraph c

Holiday complaints

78.

Paragraph D

Good advice for happy holidays

79.

Paragraph E

A mathematical model

80.

Paragraph F

vii

Times have changed

81.

Paragraph G

viii

How to relax after a holiday

82.

Paragraph H

Delayed relaxation

Physical and psychological effects of stress

LY M

iii

PI AD

Paragraph A

Questions 83-87, complete the summary below. Choose NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from the passage for each answer.

A leading psychologist has (83.) ______________________ a simple mathematical

equation to work out the number o f hours required at the beginning o f a holiday to get over the stress of all the preparation before departure. The problem is that taking a holiday these days is

much more of a stressful experience than it was in the past as a result of our (84.)

______ However, stress levels can be decreased by having (85.) ______________________ of the holiday and making sure you complete (86.) __________________ _ before leaving. This was illustrated in the survey results, which

showed that some holidaymakers didn’t even remember to ( 8 7 .) ______________________ before setting out on holiday.

Part 5: Read the following passage and answer questions 88-95. Vitamins

To supplement or not?

ẠY

KÈ

Mineral, vitamin, and antioxidant health supplements make up a multi-billion-dollar industry in the United States alone, but do they really work? Evidence suggests supplementation is clearly indicated in special circumstances, but can actually be harmful in others. For the general population, however, supplements have negligible or no impact on the prevention o f common cancers, cardiovascular diseases, cognitive decline, mortality, or any other major indicators of health. In pursuit o f a longer, happier and healthier life, there are certainly better investments for most people than a tube o f vitamin supplements.

Particular sub-groups o f the population can gain a proven benefit from supplementation. Folic acid has long been indicated as a prenatal supplement due to its assistance in foetal cell division and corresponding ability to prevent neural tube birth defects. Since Canada and the United States decided to require white flour to be fortified with folic acid, spinal birth defects have plummeted by 75%, and rates o f neuroblastoma (a ravaging form o f infant cancer) are now 50% lower. In countries without such fortification, or for women on low-carbohydrate diets, a prenatal multivitamin could make the crucial difference. The United States Department of Health and Human Services has concluded that the elderly may also benefit from extra vitamin D; calcium can help prevent bone fractures; and zinc and antioxidants can maintain vision while deflecting macular degeneration in people who could otherwise be likely to develop this affliction. Trang 9/12

LY M

PI AD

There is mounting evidence, however, for many people to steer clear of multivitamins. The National Institutes of Health has noted a “disturbing evidence o f risk” in tobacco users: beta-carotene, a common ingredient in multivitamins, was found over a six-year study to significantly contribute to higher lung cancer and mortality rates in smokers. Meanwhile, excessive vitamin A (a supplement often taken to boost the immune system) has been proven to increase women’s risk of a hip fracture, and vitamin E, thought to improve cardiovascular health, was contraindicated in a study that demonstrated higher rates of congestive heart failure among such vitamin users. Antioxidant supplementation has no purpose nor does it achieve anything, according to the Food and Nutrition Board of the National Academy of Sciences, and the Medical Letter Group has gone further in suggesting they may interfere with treatment and promote some cancers. Antioxidants are generally regarded as counteracting the destructive effect of free radicals in the body, but according to the Medical Letter’s theory, free radicals may also serve the purpose of sending a powerful signal to the body’s immune system to fix the damage. By taking supplements, we risk undermining that message and upsetting the balance of antioxidants and free radicals in the body. The supplements counteract the free radicals, the immune system is not placed on alert, and the disease could sneak through the gates.

One problem with supplementation by tablet is the poor record on digestibility. These tablets are often stocked with metal-based minerals that are essentially miniature rocks, and our bodies are unable to digest them. Even the vitamin elements o f these pills that are theoretically digestible are often unable to be effectively extracted by our bodies when they arrive in such a condensed form. In Salt Lake City, for example, over 150 gallons of vitamin and mineral pills are retrieved from the sewer filters each month. According to the physician’s desk reference, only about 10% - 20% of multivitamins are absorbed by the body. The National Advisory Board is even more damning, suggesting that every lOOmg of tablet corresponds to about 8.3mg of blood concentration, although noting that this can still potentially perform a helpful role in some cases. In effect, for every $100 you spend on vitamin supplements, over $90 of that is quite literally flushed down the toilet.

ẠY

KÈ

A final argument against multivitamins is the notion that they can lead peopleconsciously or not - to the conclusion that supplementation fills in the gaps of an unhealthy diet and mops up afterwards, leaving their bodies none the wiser that instead o f preparing a breakfast of fresh fruit and muesli, they popped a tiny capsule with coffee and a chocolate bar. In a sevenyear study, however, the Heart Protection study did not find any positive outcome whatsoever from multivitamins and concluded that while vitamins in the diet are important, multivitamin tablets are safe but completely useless. There is evidently no shortcut around the task of buying, preparing, and consuming fresh fruit and vegetables every day. Boosting, supplementing, and fortifying products alter people’s very perception of what healthy food is; instead of heading for the fresh produce aisle in the supermarket, they are likely to seek out sugary, processed foods with a handful of extra B vitamins as a healthy choice. We cannot supplement our way out of a bad diet. Questions 88-90. Choose the correct letter, A, B, c , or D.

88. The writer does not recommend multivitamin supplementation fo r_________ .

A. pregnant women c . anyone prone to eye problems B. young children D. old people 89. According to the writer, vitamin E has been shown t o _________ . A. lead to heart problems c . support the immune system B. be good for heart health

D. have no effect

Trang 10/12

90. The medical Letter Group believes antioxidant supplementation __________ . A, is ineffective in attacking free radicals B, alerts the immune system to the presence of free radicals c. attacks both free radicals and the immune system D. prevents the immune system from responding to free radicals

PI AD

Questions 91-95. Do the following statements agree with the information given in the reading passage?

Write: YES NO N O T GIVEN

91. Some multivitamin tablets have indigestible ingredients.

LY M

i f the statement agrees with the views o f the writer i f the statement contradicts the views o f the writer i f it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this.

92. Some individual vitamins are better absorbed than others in a tablet form. 93. Our bodies cannot distinguish food-based from supplement-based vitamins.

94. Multivitamins can lead to poorer overall eating habits in a person’s life, 95. People typically know that fortified processed foods are not good for them.

IV. WRITING

Part 1: Read the following text and use your own words to summarize it. Your summary should be about 80 -100 words long. You MUST NOT copy the original.

Why do Weight-Loss Diets Fail?

The popularity of diet crazes over the last 30 years shows that many of us think we are overweight. It also suggests that we want to do something about it. Diet books with the latest scientific advice become best sellers, and yet we continue to gain weight. W ho’s responsible? It's easy to blame scientific experts, but in my view, the problem is often with us, the dieters. We can’t lose weight because of the way we think about food.

KÈ

If we cannot follow a plan every day, no diet book can help. Many dieters change from one type of diet to another, so they never allow their bodies to get into a healthy rhythm. Others start out strongly on a program and lose a few pounds. Then, when their weight stays the same for a few weeks, they become discouraged and lose their self-control. If the weight doesn’t go away quickly, they give up.

ẠY

But the number on the scale is not our challenge. Modern life is so fast and stressful that many diets are ruined by “comfort eating”. When we feel down, we want a slice of cheesecake or a chocolate brownie with ice cream to make us feel better. We use food as an escape. On the other hand, some of us use food as a reward. If w e’ve done something well, we think we “deserve it”.

We also need to pay attention to the food we eat. We should read food labels carefully and remember that we are often misled by them. Although a food package may say “low fat’', manufacturers sometimes replace the fat with carbon-hydrates, sugar, and other fattening substances. In addition, they many not take out much of the fat. Low-fat ice cream can have 70% of the fat or regular ice cream, so a scoop and a half of low-fat ice cream is more fattening than one scoop of regular. There are just a few o f the reasons why our diets fail, but they all arise from our state of mind and our ability to pay attention. The next time you reach for the cookie jar, remember: Trang 11/12

control your mind and you can control your body! The most important factor in losing weight is in our heads. Part 2: The bar chart below shows the number of car journeys into the city centre over a ten year period. Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the main features and make

PI AD

comparisons where relevant. Write at least 150 words. GAR JOURNEYS INTO THE CITY CENTRE Average number of

10,000

journeys per day

LY M

Residents Non-residents

Parking meters introduced into city centre in early 2000

5 000'

(1)

Westgate Street and Park Lane closed to traffic in 2003

1 9 9 7

1 9 9 8

1 9 9 9 ,,,2000

(1)

2 0 0 1

2 0 0 2 ,-2003

2 0 0 4

2 0 0 5

1 9 9 6

(2)

Part 3: Write an essay about the following topic:

Some say that it would be better if the majority of employees worked from home instead of traveling to workplace every day.

THE END.

ẠY

KÈ

Do you think the advantages of working from home outweigh the disadvantages? Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own knowledge and experience. Write at least 350 words.

Trans 12/12

SỎ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐỎNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYẺN HỌC SINH GIỎI D ự THI CẤP QUỐC GIA NĂM 2017 HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM MÔN TIỂNG ANH Ngày thi: 21/6/2016 (Hướng dẫn chấm gồm có: 08 trang)

I. LISTENING (0,2 mark/per question) Question

Answer

Question

Answer

Question

references

presentation

ordinary things

mental p rocesses

pottery bow l

72000 /seventytwo thousand

interview

Question

Answer

(big) (graphic) panels

u seless for display

II. LEXICO-GRAMMAR (0,1 mark/per question)

Answer glass cupboards (inform ation) labels

PI AD

Question

LY M

Answer offered the position

Answer

Question

Answer

Question

Answer

Question

Answer

Question

approachable

gifted

variety

exceptional

psychological

possibilities

encouragement

personality

expectations

undeniably

Question

Answer

their

H Question

Answer

Question

Answer

unfinished

(any) work tell their

vii

Soon

YES

w ay

for

few

their

Answer

ẠY

KÈ

Question

Answer

III. READING (0,1 mark/per question) Question

Question

bosses

NO T GIVEN

w hich

d evised

make

p ressurised

YES

W hatever

life sty le s

realistic expectations

Page 1/8

IV. WRITING Part 1: Write a summary (1,0 mark) Điểm chấm

0,15

0,2

0,1

0,15

0,2

0,15

0,2

0,1

PI AD

0,1

LY M

Topic sentence (the summary of paragraph 1) * Suggested idea: Scientific experts and diet books are not to blame for dieters’failure to lose weight, but the way we think about food is Supporting sentence 1 (the summary of paragraph 2) * Suggested idea: I f we cannot follow a plan every day, our bodies cannot get into a healthy rhythm. Supporting sentence 2 (the summary of paragraph 3) * Suggested idea: However, the real challenge is the fast-paced and stressful life which ruins many diets with “comfort eating” and "eating as a reward" Supporting sentence 3 (the summary of paragraph 4) * Suggested idea: Also, we need to pay attention to the food we eat so that we are not misled by food labels. Conluding sentence * Suggested idea: Above all, the most important factor in losing weight is our state of mind, so control your mind and you can control your body!

0,15

0,2

0,15

0,2

0,1

Part 2: Describe the chart (2,0 marks)

KÈ

Topic sentence Overal idea sentence Detail description 1

ẠY

Detail description 2

Detail description 3

Main idea Figure Comparison Main idea Figure Comparison Main idea Figure Comparison

Conluding sentence Connectors, Grammar, word use, spelling

Điêm châm 0,1 0,1 0,1

0,15 0,15 0,15

0,1

0,15

0,1

0,15

0,1 0,1

0,15 0,15

0,2 0,2 0,2 0,1 0,1 0,2 0,1 0,1 0,2 0,1 0,1 0,2 0,2

Page 2/8

Part 3: Write an essay (3,0 marks) I. Introduction Hook + Background information Thesis statement

0,25 0,25

* Ghi chủ:

Hook (0,125) + Background information (0,125) = 0,25 II. Body

PI AD

Paragraph 1 Topic sentence Supporting 1 + (example, explanation, quotation, statistic) Supporting 2+ (example, explanation, quotation, statistic)

Topic sentence Supporting 1 + (example, explanation, quotation, statistic) Supporting 2 + (example, explanation, quotation, statistic) Conclusion

III.

Summary Giving students’ opinion/suggestion/...

0,15 0,3 0,3

0,25 0,25

* Từ ngữ và cấu trúc

Sử dụng các từ nôi câu, nôi ý một cách phong phú 0,25 Trình bày mạch lạc, ngôn ngữ, cấu trúc đa dạng, dễ hiểu_______ 0,25_____

LY M

Paragraph 2

0,15 0,3 0,3

CHỦ Ý:

ẠY

KÈ

1. Trừ điểm sai ngữ pháp, chính tả, ... - 0,1 /ỉỗi nhưng không quả 0,4 2. Thỉ sinh phải nêu ít nhât 2 ỷ chính. Nếu nên nhiều hơn 2 ý chỉnh chọn ỷ hay nhất đê tỉnh điếm, nhưng ỉôỉ sai được tính cho tất cả)

Page 3/8

Tapescripts Part 1:

ẠY

Part 2:

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

Interview er: Now Jo Walker has worked her way up from shop girl to chief operating officer of The Perfume Shop, the specialist perfume retailer, and she’s my guest today Now Jo, you’ve got a sales philosophy that’s not centred on just selling products, haven’t you? Jo: That’s right. The way I view sales is that it is not just about doing a one-off deal. It’s about something much broader than that. My best deals have always been with people, not products. We sell products but this company is all about people. We are called The Perfume Shop but we might j ust as well be called The People Shop. Interview er: Now I understand that in your group, you’ve adopted what are called the “Fish!” principles. I understand that that these were developed by an entrepreneur from Minnesota after he was much impressed with the enthusiasm of some fishmongers at the Pike Place Fish Market in Seattle in the u s . Jo: Yes, they’re based on the belief that you do not need to be very serious or make the workplace a very fonnal place. The Seattle fish-sellers had four basic philosophies that lead the way that I sell. These are “Always be there for the customer”, “Have fun”, “Choose your attitude” and “Play”. If you follow all these principles, you can sell. It does not matter what the product is. Interview er: Tell me about each one o f those. Jo: Well, always being there for the customer means listening and empathizing with them and giving them personal advice. Having fun involves making selling enjoyable and interacting with customers. Choose your attitude is about being positive at work. And playing once involved The Perfume Shop staff choosing spontaneously to dance a huge conga at a company event. Interview er: Perfume’s a really emotional product, isn’t it? Presumably you feel that these principles are particularly appropriate for selling such an emotional product. Jo: Yes, selling is about having a relationship with the customer that’s appropriate and relevant to what you’re selling. This relationship is very important in my business because a lot of people don’t have the self-confidence to go into a department store and ask about perfumes. And sometimes people really associate perfumes with an occasion like their wedding or with a particular person. It’s very emotional. Interview er: Can you give me any examples of your philosophy in practice? Jo: Sure, I can give you a couple o f examples of what I regard as my best “deals”, even though I don’t know if they actually resulted in sales. One was in a shopping centre when I overheard a girl saying to her friend that she had been using a certain perfume because it was her late grandmother’s perfume and she wanted to remind herself of her, but she worried because her supplies were running out and she did not think it was still available in the shops. I politely intervened and told the girl that the perfume was indeed on sale in The Perfume Shop’s store in the town. I just didn’t want her to think that she couldn’t get it. I’ve no idea whether she went into the shop and bought it but it was a really nice moment because she was so pleased that I was able to tell her where to get it. Interview er: That’s a good story. And the other example? Jo: The other example comes from when I was in one o f The Perfume Shop’s stores and a man came in looking for a perfume for his wife that I knew had been discontinued. He could not get it anywhere. So I said that I had a bottle at home and I would send it to him, which I did. It’s all about having a 24-hour-a-day,s seven-days-a-week, 365-days-ayear attitude that you are an ambassador for the company. That gentleman had come into our store. It was just about doing something different. I have not heard if he ever visited that store again. I can only hope that he has shared that experience with lots o f people. Interview er: I hope so too! Jo, thanks for talking to me. Jo: You’re welcome.

Part of my job as Human Resources Coordinator at the local Bob's Brushes factory is to recruit or select new members of staff. Today, I'd tike to explain how our selection process works. In the old days, if you went along for a job, you

PI AD

normally just got an interview. They asked you a few

questions and that was it. But an interview does not

give a true indication of a candidate's behaviour. For

LY M

example, a candidate may say they are very good at

doing presentations. But are they really? You need to see

them in action. So, we like to put our candidates

through whafs called a recruitment process. This usually

takes a whole day and consists of a number of stages.

First of all, candidates are normally presented with a

group exercise, because it's important to see if they can

work welt in a team. Then they are asked to deliver a

brief presentation. Candidates are given advance notice

of this so that they can prepare.

Next is a role-play. In this exercise, candidates are put

into a difficult situation they miqht find themselves in if

KÈ

they are appointed to the position. Following this, candidates are set a series of psychometric tests, which

ẠY

assess their mental processes to see if they have the right skills for the job.

After all this, candidates attend an interview alone with a panel of three to four members of personnel from

Page 5/8

dĨ fife re rtt: d e p a r-tm< 3 n ts - A t as n e 1 thanked

and

s^etrrt

trlhuB end.

home

w it h

of" t f t e ? dtay,

.a bag

< z 3 i nd ĩđ a te s

Bob's

Brushes

g o o d ie s . Thue.r* comes

the

trieIcy part — we

for tzhe p o sitio n .

each

now

have

fo r

candiC Ỉa rt:* = !s are

H a i r o

cNoọse

-aLI "the- cl3 t ta

c:a in e lĩ--cỀ 4 S i"1 r.'e -- S o m e t im e s

right for th e jo b

a i rid wo

someone

,ar* -d information none

hsve* to

o*f th e

■ fc .hro o < gIt s 'tim < e w h ot<& piro cess ag ai r** M » weve: r, u.S .ÍU atL I*/ we th e

rig h t

person

a n n u a l the?, successful

o iliu ^ jrg sjd L fch n e t p o s it io n . feedback

s u c c e s s fu l

th e ir

t h is

d is c o v e r

cv,

fro m

rfo rrT H ỉẽ ỉ nee1 . They

trĩ nrne,

The fzjL O jS i. Stacie is

a p p lica n t

U’nsuccessful d'si.ncii’ci.a'te.s are but

ta ki ng

a. -ref^ ei res

w < ? m ay

may

need

ttiem

up » .references.

-that: a

not

also

have

t;He ? fu tu re .

L JreLess we

c a n d id a t e

has

tied

or ha..s s.orr»<e l<ir»d odF -sihia-dy pK -SiSt:, t.hue c a n d i d a t e

I_ if> th e ir post

n t-e s -W ' p o s itio n

iF i iLed. .. Now,

31.

month

so-

Job

done.

.srvy questions?

-fchieir

t akes Tih'e-

LY M

Part3:

s.'ervfc

fc > & • & n r

PI AD

find

Intt€f:r~v'i€!■wc*r: TJhw& JPte-fcrie? ]VluLi>^uL:ont o f E g v p t i a n .Arel ~ \ a.<eo 1oJgy

in Lxmdon m ay t>e 3rrtall b u t it Holds a ro u n d 80 ooo ofcijfc^c-tSv m ost of them from sites excavated to-3 / tJhfce“EgyptoỉogiSt Sir Willii.-a.m . P^tTic*, w h o livod from 1835 to 1942... r^otr it? was one of tine* first people 1 to stiid v ancient E gypt s.cic?r\tificstll'v> a n d h e w as m ore intei^ested. in looking at th e ordinary ttiingis th a t p e o p le Tassel even-y -c3-atv th an raiicIinLg; felnneir treasu re houses. In 1913^ ĩn.iE? soldi. His large d'oiie-ctiori of E gyptian antiGfT-1 i t i t o I_Jn.iversitv College^ London for s tu d e n ts an el rese arc h ers to stxiciy. Ajrici Fm tratllcinjg; now to Stephen iQu ir]«e, the c u ra to r of the? JPo'trie* Ivĩiase-Lxrri- Firstly;, w h a t is a c:X Ir aLtorv w h a t does Irue or she do?

cri^jrat/toar: A. c u ra to r h a s to kn o w the collection w-ell. I find the a n sw e rs to p e o p le 's questions a b o u t objects in theCO1 1ectio n,

I n t e r v i e w e r : D o y o u H aLve at f e v o ^ i r i t e e>chiÌ3Ìt?'

CtiraiLtor: I nice objects tlhuat connect me w ith tiH e? people th at m a d e th em , so I fet?i t insit I £ 5« 2 t to know tJhtxe-im .. I thimlc my fav o u rite ofc>j£?<ct is « a potter^r b o w l vvhicH "w aiS: found in a. tom b from Ar 10 0 y ears ago. XỊ-Ô.3' b o w l i r t e t s tw o letters w ritte n on it„ o ne om the irisiclíB arid time o:fJhte-.r- on the o u tsid e, from at. so n to his cieaicl p aren ts w h o w ere buried in tint« 2- torrtfc?. looking after the a. rtefacts?

KÈ

I n terv ie w e r: Wirra t

ẠY

Cutraior: D ifferent oihj^efes need different conditions. The im p or tan t tJtiing; is to a s.3 k expert c o n serv ato rs w hat needs to t> «e d o n e , n ev er guess. As tihe curator, I know the im p o rtance o f th e objects,, fc > X _ 1 1n o t how best to conserve them . G ood c o n serv atio n is very expensive. Ip€?ti~ie* packed the o&jecfrs p ro p e rly so th at they survived, th e joouumey from ^syp* to the m u se u m . INJot 3 1 .1 1 archaeologists ci ici tfiat in those days! I ITt<ervi « 0 ert~: W h at is. Petrie ĨS/LiJLse-ui:ọr\?

t> < e--S -t tli.i:rn.g ab o u t w^orik.in.g a t th é

C urator: TlnL €2 best trJK ixT L g is tf\e collection. There £ ire abou t 80 0 0 0 ot>jeverts., b u t iat the m o m en t onlv a b o u t 6000 of them a re on ciísp Jcay, witlm. a n o th e r 2000 in d ra w e rs tHat t vou can look: in easily, xti.c? o th er V2L OOD ore* all i.n. cupboai^rcis,, so wecaLr\^t l & t p e o p le S €ĩC *. th em - At the' m o m e n t -tl-M Bm-usexim Ì3 very srr% .aill iar\d < za“at:m p"<e-ci. ■ — tìKi.s t>«.ild.l.nL.0 ; w^as converted,

from stables auntd itln L C ĩ collection was only supposed to- t> H e

Page 6/8

. here temporarily, but that w as over 50 years ago! We are going to m ove the collection to a m uch better b uild ing and then all the objects w ill be in glass cupboards w here they can be seen.

PI AD

Interviewer: It m u st be a lot of w ork m ovin g a w h ole must, urn!

LY M

Curator: At the m om en t w e are trying to plan h ow to use the space w e w ill h ave in the new b uild ing to show the collection to its best advantage. We w ant the w ay w e display the objects to g iv e an idea of w here they cam e from and w hat E gypt is like both thousands of years ago and in the present day We w ill also have a sm all section for Petrie h im self and his work. A nd you w ill be able to see all the objects that are just in store at the m o m en t

Interviewer: H o w w ill y o u explain c\e ry th in g to the m useum visitors?

Curator: I d on't like information labels. You see people going round m u seu m s or art galleries reading the labels and not looking at the objects. It's better to use big graphic panels sh o w in g tim elines and h ow the objects appeared in life. It's very im portant to talk to lots of different people about w hat sh o u ld be on the panels and w e are talking to as m any p eop le as p ossible about all cmr plans lor the m ove.

KÈ

Interviewer: D o y ou think Petrie w ou ld approve o f m oving his collection?

ẠY

Curator: Petrie said that his collection w as for students and researchers and w a s 'useless for display'. This is - because there aren't big flashy objects in this collection. I disagree w ith him com pletely! Interviewer: Thank you very m uch Stephen Quirke, Part 4:

Education Issues Interviewer: Today our thoughts turn to education. Schools have come a long way since our greatgrandparents' time, but have they come far enough? Or is the British education system still essentially rooted in the nineteenth century? To discuss this, we have Dr Anna Pritchard from the Association for Progressive Page 7/8

Learning, and Frank Johnson from the Society for the Promotion of Authentic Education. Frank, may we start with you? What does your organisation promote? F r a n k : W ell, basically w e press for higher standards and m ore parental choice in state education. W e're not against experim entation, but w e th in k that if you look at the research, it show s that the traditional m ethods

work best. Whilst all the approaches that are in fashion now may seem great fun, we suspect that they're just another distraction and not what teachers should be doing or what parents and employers want them to do. In te rv ie w e r: A nd how w ould you define w hat teachers should be doing? F r a n k : In our view , traditional subjects such as M aths, Classical H istory and L atin and A ncient G reek have

PI AD

always promoted thinking skills, and that's what education should be concerned with developing. A good teacher gives his or her pupils a foundation of knowledge, and by using that knowledge the pupil automatically leams how to think rationally and precisely. It’s essential to have that solid foundation before you can indulge in higher order thinking skills. In te rv ie w e r: So, good teachers have alw ays inspired learning skills in their pupils and there's no need to find

new learning methods. Anna, would you like to respond to that?

LY M

A n n a : W ell, I believe that good teachers have alw ays know n that in a class o f say 30 students there will be a variety o f different learning styles. W e organised a survey o f young people them selves in January o f this

year and found that 56% said that the activity they spend most time doing in the classroom is copying from the board or a book. So clearly not all teachers are gearing their teaching to different learning styles... F r a n k : I w ouldn't agree w ith y o u on that.

(interrupting)

A n n a : W ell, com ing to our m ain project 'L earning to Learn', w hat new research from the States tells us is

that there are at least eight different types of intelligence, from the 'people person' who needs to talk in order to take things in, to the 'musical person' who needs sound and rhythm as a backdrop to thinking.

In te rv ie w e r: So w e shouldn't stop teenagers from having m usic on full blast w hile they're supposedly doing

their homework?

A n n a : It's not quite as sim ple as that. M usic w ill help som e but not all students. W hat we're advocating is

that schools encourage students to explore for themselves the ways in which their brains work most effectively, and build up a classroom culture where they get a chance to choose their own style of learning.

In te rv ie w e r: Can you give us som e exam ples o f how teachers w ould do that? A n n a : One interesting w ay w h ich I saw dem onstrated earlier this w eek is to hold juggling workshops. F r a n k : Juggling! W e're surely n o t teaching students to be circus perform ers, are w e? A n n a : Believe m e, there's a very serious side to this, w hen you're juggling, in order to keep three balls in the air, you have to use both the left and right sides o f the brain, the logical and artistic sides. In the schools I v is ite d the juggling w orkshop w as integrated into a day o f revision skills o f all types. For those w ith a

physical intelligence, juggling can prove helpful, as can physical workout sessions. You see, gymnastics can be useful for all students, as it alleviates stress and improves concentration. Afterwards, most students say they feel different, more awake and more likely to take in what they learn.

F r a n k : If I can com e in briefly here. The idea o f turning education into a set o f skills is very dangerous

because it undermines the knowledge and content which are inherent in the traditional school subjects.

KÈ

In te rv ie w e r: I take your poin t but I used to sit in lessons and look around and everybody's head w as dow n

writing notes. That's not good education practice surely? A n n a : N ote-taking is still im portant. There are lots o f different w ays from m ind m apping to draw ing

cartoons. I saw a student the other day who was writing his history notes inside a large drawing of a chicken.

ẠY

F r a n k : A chicken! He w as having you on! A n n a : I don't think so. In fact, he'd com pletely replaced traditional note-taking w ith this way o f recording

for all his subjects. He said that by giving his notes an unusual framework, it helped him to remember the content for that topic. We need to be helping students find their best way to keep records, according to their intelligence and learning style. This particular student obviously had a visual intelligence.

F r a n k : I really can’t believe that. B ut anyw ay, I think w e’re confusing education w ith training here. A n n a : W e're building up a theoretical understanding o f how people learn and it's our duty as educationalists to try and put that theory into practice. In te rv ie w e r: T here w e'll have to leave it, I'm afraid ...

THE END.

Page 8/8

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐỎNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYỂN HỌC SINH GIỎI D ự THI CẤP QUỐC GIA NĂM 2017

Question Ỷ 01

PI AD

Môn thi: Tiếng Anh (Đe thi Nói) Ngày thi: 21/6/2016

“Internet-connected devices such as smart phones and tablets offer benefits to educational institutions.” What is your opinion?

LY M

You have 5 minutes to sketch out what you are going to say. You should prepare notes instead o f full sentences and try to SPEAK as naturally as possible. Your talking time should not exceed 5 minutes.

ẠY

KÈ

Good luckỈ

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYÊN HỌC SINH GIỎI D ự THI CẤP QUỐC GIA NĂM 2017

Question

PI AD

Môn thi: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi Nói) Ngày thi: 21/6/2016

The development of digital media has led to a massive increase in the number of virtual friends and acquaintances among teenagers. What is your opinion about this phenomenon?

LY M

You have 5 minutes to sketch out what you are going to say. You should prepare notes instead o f full sentences and try to SPEAK as naturally as possible.

Your talking time should not exceed 5 minutes.

ẠY

KÈ

Good hickI

ĐÈ SÒ 4 SỎ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TÍNH ĐÒNG THẮP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYÊN HỌC SINH GIỎI D ự THI CẤP QUÓC GIA NĂM 2017

What is your philosophy for a happy life? Explain your philosophy for a happy life, using your own examples, evidence and experience.

LY M

Question Ỷ 04

PI AD

Môn thi: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi Nói) Ngày thi: 21/6/2016

You have 5 minutes to sketch out what you are going to say. You should prepare notes instead o f full sentences and try to SPEAK as naturally as possible.

Your talking time should not exceed 5 minutes.

ẠY

KÈ

Good luckI

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYÊN HỌC SINH GIỎI D ự THỈ CẤP QUỐC GIA NĂM 2017

Question Ỷ 05

PI AD

Môn thi: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi Nói) Ngày thi: 21/6/2016

High school is the best time in a person’s life? Do you agree or disagree?

LY M

ẠY

KÈ

Good luck/

ĐÈ SỚ 6

SỎ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYẺN HỌC SINH GIỎI D ự THI CÁP QUỐC GIA NĂM 2017

Q uestion Ỷ 06

PI AD

Môn thi: Tiếng Anh (Đe thi Nói) Ngày thi: 21/6/2016

What should young people do to prepare themselves as global citizens in the 21st century?

LY M

ẠY

KÈ

Good luckI

ĐÈ SỐ 7

SỎ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYỂN HỌC SINH GIỎI D ự THI CẤP QUỐC GIA NĂM 2017

Question -ậ 07

PI AD

Môn thi: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi Nói) Ngày thi: 21/6/2016

Uniform hinders the expression of individual identity. Do you agree or disagree?

LY M

ẠY

KÈ

Good luck/

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐỎNG THẮP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYỂN HỌC SINH GIỎI D ự THI CÁP QUỐC GIA NĂM 2017

Question ị- 08

PI AD

Môn thi: Tiếng Anh (Đe thi Nói) Ngày thi: 21/6/2016

What are the benefits of taking part in voluntary work?

LY M

ẠY

KÈ

Good luck!

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐỎNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYỂN HỌC SINH GIỎI D ự THI CÁP QUỐC GIA NĂM 2017

Question ỹẾ 09

PI AD

Môn thi: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi Nói) Ngày thi: 21/6/2016

Should teenagers be encouraged to do household chores?

LY M

ẠY

KÈ

Good luck!

ĐỀ SỐ 10

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYỂN HỌC SINH GIỎI D ự THI CẤP QUỐC GIA NĂM 2017

Question Ỷ 10

PI AD

Môn thi: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi Nói) Ngày thi: 21/6/2016

Some people claim schools nowadays fail in their vocational oriental programs. What’s your opinion?

LY M

ẠY

KÈ

Good luck!

SỞ GIẢO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỒNGTHẢP

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 12 THPT CÁP TỈNH NÃM HỌC 2012 - 2013 ĐẺ THI MÔN: TIẾNG ANH

Đề chính thức

Ngày thi: 30/9/2012 Thời gian làm bài: 180 phứt (Không kể thòi gian phát đề)

STT do giám thị ghi Họ và tên thí sình: danh:

Phòng thi

(Do HĐ chấm thi ghi)

trườn£ (Ký tên - Ghi họ và tên)

Hội đồng coi thi:

Câu I:............ CâuII:........... Câu m:......... Câu IV:..........

LY M

Điềm từng phẫn

(Phần pày dành cho hội đồng chẫm thi) Họ tên và chữ ký Điểm 5ầi thi BànR chử Giám khảo 1 B ằ n g số Giám kháo 2

Giáni khảo 3

PI AD

Học sinh lớp

ư DpiiaiC n

Uiam thỊ L\

Số báo

Giám thi 1:

Số phách

STT do HĐ chắm thi ghỉ Số phách

(Do HĐ phúc khảo ghi)

Tổng:........ ......

X ---------------------------------------------— -------------------------------------Họ tên và chữ kỷ Giám khảo 2 Giảm khảo ỉ

Số phách (Do HĐ phúc khảo ghi)

Điểm bài thi Bằng sỗ B ầĩgchữ

_______ (Phần nảy dành cho hội đồng phúc khảo) Điểm từng phần

Tổní ........•■■■■•

Câu ỉ; .............. Câulỉ:.......... Câu UI:......... Câu IV:............

KÈ

I. LISTENING: (3 ms)

A. Listen to the conversation and fill in the blanks with the missing words. You will hear the conversation twice. Wrừeyour answers in the numbered box.

ẠY

(W) Well, it's 8 o’clock and I need a study break. I have a (1 )_______________ test in a few days. Mind if I join you? What are you watching? Is it anything interesting? (M) Well I think it's interesting. It's a ( 2 ) _________ about crocodiles. They are amazing creatures. (W) Crocodiles, huh? That’s not really my kind of thing. I want to watch a soap opera OĨ1 another channel. Can't we change? (M) Well, actually, I have a (3 )____ _____ to do on crocodiles. ANSWERS: ________________________________________________

PI AD LY M O N Ơ

B. Her tooth hurts D. Her gums hurt

What is wrong with Mary? A. Her teeth hurt c. Her mouth hurts How long has Mary had the problem? A. Two weeks

B. Since Thursday D. Since Tuesday

Short conversation 1

B. Listen to the conversations and choose the best answer (A, B, c, or D) for each question. You will hear the conversations twice. Write your answers in the numbered box.

c. One week

KÈ

What day is it? A. Thursday

B. Tuesday D. Saturday

ẠY

c. Friday

Short conversation 2

5. 6.

What kind of test is Mr. Thomas taking? B. A memory test A. A heart test D. A spelling test c. An eye test At beginning of the conversation, which line does the doctor ask Thomas to read? B. The second line A. The first line D. The second last line c. The last line What is the last letter in the second line? A. z CM

B. K D .T 2/17

PI AD LY M

ANSWERS: 2.

í 1.

c . Listen to the talks and choose the best answer (Ay By c, or Đ) for each question. You will hear the talks twice. Write your answers in the numbered box.

Short talk 1

What job is the talk about? A. Animal trainer B. Animal doctor c . Sport doctor D. Professor 2. According to the talk, what is the most important quality a person in the job should have? A* A sense of humor B. Lots of money c . Basic medical information D. A good understanding of animals 3. What is a difference about being an animal doctor? A. The training is easier.

B. You need to know where all the different animals' organs are.

KÈ

c . You need to spend more time in university. D. You earn more money.

ẠY

Short talk 2

Which part of the body did the person injure? A. Her elbow B. Her wrist c Her foot D. Her ankle 5. What treatment did the doctor suggest? A. Take two tablets of medicine a day and go to bed B. Take two tablets of medicine a day and wrap the ankle c . Wrap the ankle for one week and then have an operation D. Play more basketball 6. How did she injure herself? A. She kicked the ball too hard. B. She was hit in the leg with a basketball, c . She fell down. D. A little dog bit her.

3/17

PI AD

Thỉ sinh không được viết vào phẩn có gạch chéo

LY M

X -------

ANSWERS: 2.

5. 6. 7.

A: Do you think you could----------------- your father to drive us to the cinema tomorrow?

B: Probably, I ask him this morning. A. get B. let c . make D. have A: Oh, I feel really ill today. B: Well, y o u --------------- so much at the party last night. A. haven’t been drinking c . shouldn’t have drunk B. may not have drunk D. mustn’t drink I passed my driving test--------------- the sixth attempt. A. on B. for c . in D.at --------------- , she thought the work was very interesting, but soon she began to get bored. A. In particular B. At first c . Out of luck D. Under control I’ll call y o u ----- ----------Monday morning if I can get any further news ----------- ---- the meeting. A. on/ for B. until/ along c . on/ about D.in/ from

ẠY

Do you think this shirt----------------with my jeans? A. suits B. goes c . matches D. fits Hurry up or you’l l --------------- your flight. A. lose B. remove c . pass D. miss She thinks she doesn’t ---------------- anyone in her family, but I think she is like her mother. A. look for B. bring up c . take after D. put out We’v e --------------- milk. Can you buy some more? A. run off B. run without c . run out of D. run of Because of the--------------- of hospital beds, the waiting list for minor operations is very long. A. shorten B. shortly c . short D. shortage The smell in the room was so --------------- that I had gone outside. A, pleasure B. displeased c . please D. unpleasant

KÈ

n . VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (7ms) A. Choose the word or phrase which best completes these sentences. Write your answers in the numbered box, (2ms)

10. 11.

4/17

PI AD 17.

M y ----------------- house is bigger than the one I had before.

A. actual B. present c . now D. modem 1 tried to warn you,--------------- you just ignored me. A. so B. but c . either D. nor A: “ Why didn’t you answer the phone?” B: “ Because I —------------- a shower.” A. had B. have c , was having D. am having --------------- Mike---------------- Jerry seems to be really interested in our proposal. A. Neither/ nor B. Both/ and c . Either/ but D. Both/ as well I can’t decide-1 should buy a tie or a shirt for him. A. what B. whether G when D. who

20.

KÈ

19.

18.

16.

15.

14.

LY M

13.

12.

ANSWERS:

11.

16.

12.

17.

13.

18,

14.

19.

10.

15.

20.

ẠY

5/17

PI AD LY M

B. Read the text below and look carefully at each line. Some of the lines are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If a line is correct put a tick (\ị). If a line has a word which should not be theret underline the word and write ừ out (1m)

This morning my exam results finally had came. I’d been expecting ____ ___ them for the last week. I knew Fd been done quite well, but I was still nervous as I had opened the envelope. Before rd had a chance t o ______ _________ look at them, my sister ran up and pulled them out of my hand. She ______ _____ had read them out one by one. “ English A, Maths A, Biology A , ______ ________ French A. . This was the news I’d been waiting for. Pd got As in a n _____ _________ every subject- even Geography, which I hadn’t been making s u r e _____________ ___

about! When Mum and Dad heard the news, they immediately s t a r t e d ______ _________

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

9. been shouting with joy. By the time I had breakfast, Mum had 10. called Grandma and Grandpa and had yet told the neighbours!

___ ________ __ _____

KÈ

c . Read the paragraph below. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits the spaces (2ms) THE ART OF GIVING AND TAKING

ẠY

Gift exchange, which is also called (0) ceremonial exchange, is the transfer o f goods or services that, although regarded as (1)_______ by people involved, is part o f the expected social (2)_______ . Gift exchange may be distinguished from other types of exchange in several respects: the first offering is made in a generous manner and there is no haggling between donor and (3) ________ ; the exchange is an expression o f an existing social relationship or of the establishment o f a new one that differs ữom (4) _______ market relationships; and the profit in gift exchange may be in the sphere of social relationships and prestige rather than in material advantage. The gift-exchange cycle entails ( 5 ) ______ to give, to receive, and to return. Sanctions may exist to induce people to give, (6) or loss of 6/17

CEREMONY VOLUNTEER BEHAVE

RECEIVE PERSON

OBLIGE APPROVE

PI AD LY M

REFUSE

GENEROUS APPROXIMATE SIGNIFY

prestige resulting from a failure to do so. (7)_____ to accept a gift may be seen as rejection of social relations and may lead enmity. The reciprocity o f the cycle rests ỉn the necessity to return the gift; the prestige associated with the appearance of ( 8 ) ___ ____ dictates that the value o f the return be ( 9 ) _________ equal to or greater than the value o f the original gift. Alongside its obvious economic functions, gift exchange is (1 0 )______ expression of social relations.

10.

ANSWERS:

D. Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets. Write your answer in the numbered box. (1m)

KÈ

The statue broke while i t ..........(move) to another room in the museum. At this time next week they...............(sit) in the train on their way to Paris. If only w e...............(finish) all of our chorses to be able to watch TV tonight No sooner ........... the announcement.............. (make) than everyone started complaining. They said they never .............. (make) to do anything they didn’t want to before. Mr. Pike, who is supposed to have witnessed the accident,...............(leave) the town. Why are you all laughing?.......... Roger..........(tell) you his funny stories? It was essential that the union (moderate)..........its demand for a shorter working week. Not until John had received the offer of promotion in writing .............. he ............ (celebrate) 10. Were I (know)..........the answer, I would tell you right away. ANSWERS:

ẠY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

10.

7/17

PI AD LY M

£. Fill in the blank space with a right preposition or an adverb particle. Write your answers in the numbered box. (lm)

CHEATING You’re doing a histoiy test. Your friend, who’s sitting next to you, really wants to succeed (1 )..................... the test. There’s a question (2).................... the Fứst World War, which you’ve been learning (3)......................recently. You know a lot (4)......................... it, but your friend isn’t really capable (5 )....................answering the question properly. Your friend whispers ‘help me! * to you. What should you do? Should you help your friend (6)....................the question, or just continue (7)..................... your own test? Every student has to cope (8)................... this difficult situation at some point. What’s your * opinion ( 9 ) ................... cheating? Should you help your friend cheat (10)......................the test or not?

ANSWERS: 2.

10.

KÈ

in. READING: (4 ms)

ẠY

A. Read the following leaflet and choose the most suitable heading from the list A - 1 for each part o f the leaflet There are three extra headings which you do not need to use, Wrừe your answers in the numbered box. 0 has been done as an example. (1m) A B c D E F G H I

Divisions among climbers Little advance warning Safety first Seeing improvement Easier than it looks More preparation Getting organized A new type of climbing Popular in many forms 8/17

PI AD

Thí sinh không đưọc viết vảo phẩn cò gạch chéo

LY M

\T Z L

Climbing is an overall term which covers a broad range of ways of going vertical. In Britain, indoor climbing walls have caught on, competition climbing is featured on TV and the crags and quarries are busy all year round with rock climbers.

Training for climbers was once virtually unheard of but there is now a wide variety of home training aids designed to build up both fitness and stamina in fingers, hands and arms. Fitness, strength, agility, stamina, skill and intelligent thinking are part of all outdoor activities and especially important in climbing - outdoors or indoors.

KÈ

At one time there was, almost a standard career path for novice climbers to trace. They started with local rock-climbing and then progressed to some of the classic routes further afield in the greater ranges. Along the way, they could branch out into a range of disciplines from solo climbing to the specialist techniques of ice climbing* But it was all outdoors. These days, climbers may concentrate their efforts solely on indoor climbing, on artificially constructed ‘rock' walls of intricate difficulty. Almost every major town now has an indoor climbing wall built inside once disused buildings, as well as in modem sports centers.

ẠY

There are heated debates within the climbing world between the ừaditionalists, who use minimal aid outdoors, and those who use drills and bolts for greater assistance on routes that otherwise wouldn’t be practical or would be beyond their ability. Similarly, indoor wall climbing fans are often dismissed by the traditionalists as gymnasts who have no feel for the spirit of ‘rear climbing.

4 Whatever the approach, climbing equipment itself is all about protection. It is designed to allow the climber to concentrate on putting the climbing moves together without paying a harsh penalty when they don’t work. Harnesses, helmets, rock shoes, ropes and nuts and bolts are all about limiting the potential damage and a fall and keeping the mind focused on planned ascent rather than abrupt descent.

9/17

PI AD LY M

5_________ Competition climbing is one of Britain’s fastest growing sports. This rapid growth is a reflection, in part, of the sport’s relative youth. It was only in 1987 that climbing’s governing body, the International Union of Alpine Associations, first set out the rules and regulations which guide international championships. Before then, competitions were arranged on an individual basis and were, primarily, judged on speed rather than technical ability.

B. Read the following passage and choose the most suitable word for each space. Write your answers in the numbered box. (1m)

KÈ

James Cook James Cook sailed around the world in the late 18th century and became famous as an explorer. He first went to sea in 1746. Eleven years later, he (1)_________ the navy. He was a very good sailor and (2)_______was not long before he was given his own ship. In 1768, the Royal Society (3)__________ a scientific voyage to Tahiti. Cook was asked to command the ship, Endeavour, and to take a group of scientists (4)_________ board. The voyage lasted three years. Cook made (5)_________ that his sailors ate fresh fruit. In this way, he was able to (6)_________ them from the terrible illnesses (7) by a bad diet. Cook was the first European to draw maps of New Zealand and to (8)_________ eastern Australia. He also sailed to Antarctica and drew maps of the Pacific and its (9)_________ islands. In 1779, he died (10)________ a fight in Hawaii. A. connected

B. met

c. joined

D. added

À. there

B. it

c. that

D. he

ẠY

A. developed

B. fetched

c. organised

D. performed

A. at

Đ. on

c. for

D. with

A. true

B.real

c. exact

D. sure

A. avoid

B. mind

c. save

D. help

Á. caused

B. supplied

c. appeared

D. happened

A. realise

B. know

c. learn

D. discover

10/17

PI AD 10. A. while

B. more

c . much

B. during

c. since

LY M

A. most

D. until

5. 10.

ANSWERS:

D. many

c . Read the passage and choose the correct answers, Write your answers in the

numbered box. (2ms)

The Moon has been worshipped by primitive people and has inspired humans to create everything from lunar calendars to love sonnets, but what do we really know about it? The most accepted theory about the origin of the Moon is that it was formed of the debris from a massive collision with the young Earth about 4.6 billion years ago. A huge body, perhaps the size of Mars, struck the Earth, throwing out an immense amount of debris that coalesced and cooled in orbit around the Earth.

ẠY

KÈ

The development of Earth is inextricably linked to the moon; tile Moon’s gravitational influence upon the Earth is the primary cause of ocean tides. In fact, tile Moon has more than twice the effect upon the tides than does the Sun. The Moon makes one rotation and completes a revolution around the Earth every 27 days, 7 hours, and 43 minutes. This synchronous rotation is caused by an uneven distribution of mass in the Moon (essentially* it is heavier on one side than the other) and has allowed the Earth’s gravity to keep one side of the Moon permanently facing Earth. It is an average distance from Earth of 384,403 km.

The Moon has no atmosphere; without an atmosphere, the Moon has nothing to protect it from meteorite impacts, and thus the surface of the Moon is covered with impact craters, both large and small. The Moon also has no active tectonic or volcanic activity, so the erosive effects of atmospheric weathering, tectonic shifts, and volcanic upheavals that tend to erase and reform the Earth’s surface features are not at work on die Moon. In fact, even tiny surface features such as the footprint left by an astronaut in the lunar soil are likely to last for millions of years, unless obliterated by a chance meteorite strike. The surface gravity of the Moon is about one-sixth that of the Earth’s. Therefore, a man weighing 82 kilograms on Earth would only weigh 14 kilograms on the Moon. 11/17

PI AD LY M

The geographical features of the Earth most like that of the Moon are, in fact, places such as the Hawaiian volcanic craters and the huge meteor crater in Arizona. The climate of the Moon is very unlike either Hawaii or Arizona, however; in fact the temperature OĨ1 the Moon ranges between 123 degrees c . to -233 degrees c.

1. What is the passage primarily about?

The word “massive” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning t o ____________ .

A. The Moon’s effect upon the Earth B. The origin of the Moon c . What we know about the Moon and its differences to Earth D. A comparison of the Moon and the Earth

c . huge

D. impressive

The word “debris” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to_____________.

B. dense

Á. unavoidable

A* rubbish

B. satellites

c . moons

D. earth

KÈ

4. According to the passage, the Moon is ____________ .

ẠY

A. older than the Earth c. composed of a few active volcanoes

B. protected by a dense atmosphere D. the primary cause of Earth’s ocean tides

The word “uneven “ in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to _____________r A. heavier

B. equally distributed c . orderly

D. not uniform

Why does the author mention **impact craters” in the third paragraph? À. to show the result of the Moon not having an atmosphere. B* to show the result of the Moon not having active tectonic or volcanic activity, c . to explain why the Moon has no plant life because of meteorites* D. to explain the corrosive effects of atmospheric weathering. 12/17

PI AD A. change

B. impact

c . obliterate

A person on the Moon would weigh less than on the Earth because

D. erupt _____

LY M

The word “erase” in the third paragraph is closest in meaning t o ___________

All of the following are true about the Moon EXCEPT

A. of the composition of lunar soil B. the surface gravity of the Moon is less than that of the Earth’s c . the Moon has no atmosphere D. the Moon has no active tectonic or volcanic activity

A. it has a wide range of temperatures. B. it is heavier on one side than the other. c . it is unable to protect itself from meteorite attacks. D. it has less effect upon the tides than the Sun.

KÈ

10. Which of the following can be infeưed from the passage?

ẠY

A. The Moon is not able to support human life. B. If the Moon had no gravitational influence, the Earth would not have tides, c . People living in Hawaii and Arizona would feel at home on the Moon. D. Mars could have been formed in a similar way to the Moon.

ANSWERS: 1.

10.

13/17

PI AD LY M

IV. WRITING: (6 ms) A. Rewrite the sentences in each pair. Use no more than five words including the word in bold, DO NOT change this word.(lm) MUST TOUCH

MORE SAYING DON’T

1. He definitely left the house before me He out before me. 2. I had lost his phone number, so I could not contact him before. I could not__ __ __ __ ____ __________ because I had lost his phone number. 3. As people use a lot of wood-pulp, many trees are cut down. T h e _____________________________ , the more trees are cut down 4. He wasSony he hadn’t said goodbye to her at the airport. He____ _________________________________ to her at the airport. 5. Now we’vefinished our exams, shall we go to the cinema? Now we’ve finished our exams,_______ ___ ______________ ______to the cinema?

London Underground station passengers

ẠY

KÈ

B. The following graph gives statistics showing London Underground station passengers. Write a short paragraph about 130 words to 150 words in order to describe the following graph: (2ms) o 500 §■ 400 g. 300 0 200 ® 100 A 1 0 3 z

Time

14/17

ẠY M

KÈ Y

Q H

N Ơ N

LY M

Your writing:

PI AD

PI AD LY M

c. Write an essay about 200-250 words on the question below: (3ms)

Aừ pollution is a serious problem in Vietnam. In about 200- 250 words, write about what causes aừ pollution, its effect to our health and propose some solutions to this problem.

ẠY

KÈ

Your writing:

16/17

THE END.

17/17

ẠY M

KÈ Y

Q H

N Ơ N

LY M

PI AD

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỒNG THÁP

KỲ THĨ CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 12 THPT CẮP TỈNH NẰM HỌC 2012-2013

HƯỚNG DÃN CHẨM ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Ngày thi: 30/9/2012 (Hướng dẫn chấm gồm có: 05 trang)

SENTENCES 1 2 3

PI AD

I . LISTENING (3ms) (0.2x15 = 3.0ms) A. Listen to the conversation and fill in the blanks with the missing words. You will hear the conversation twice. Write your answers in the numbered box. MARKS 0.2 0.2 0.2

LY M

CONTENTS mid-term documentary report

B. Listen to the conversations and choose the best answer (Ay Bt Cy or D) for each question. You will hear the conversation twice. Write your answers in the numbered box*

Short conversation 1

MARKS 0.2 Q2 02

SENTENCES CONTENTS 1 (B) Her tooth hurts. 4m (C) One week (B) Tuesday 3

Short conversation 2

CONTENTS

MARKS 0.2 0.2 0.2

SENTENCES 4 (C) An eye test 5 (C) The last line 6 (B)K

c. Listen to the talks and choose the best answer (A, B, c, or D) for each question.

KÈ

You W i l l hear the talks twice. Write your answers in the numbered box.

ẠY

Short talk 1

SENTENCES CONTENTS 1 (B) Animal doctor 2 (D) A good understanding of animals (B) You need to know where all the different 3 animals' organs are.

MARKS 0.2 0.2 0.2

Short talk 2 SENTENCES 4 (D) Her ankle

CONTENTS

1/5

MARKS 0.2

(B) Take two tablets of medicine a day and wrap the ankle (C) She fell down.

0.2 0.2

IL VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (7ms) A. Choose the word or phrase which best completes these sentences. Write your answers in the numbered box. (2ms) (0.1x20 = 2.0ms)

PI AD

H N Y U

MARKS 0,1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

LY M O

CONTENTS B D c c D D A c c B c D D B B B B c A B

SENTENCES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

B. Read the text below and look carefully at each line. Some of the lines are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If a line is correct, put a tick ('I). If a line has a word which should not be there, write the word, (ỉm) (0.1x10=1.0ms). CONTENTS had been had V had an

ẠY

KÈ

SENTENCES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

V been yet

2/5

MARKS 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

c. Read the paragraph below. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits the spaces. Write your answers in the numbered box (2ms) (0.2x10 = 2.0ms) MARKS

CONTENTS voluntary

SENTENCES 1

0.2

Behaviour(s)

0.2

Recipient/receiver

0.2

impersonal

Oblỉgations/obligement

disapproval

Refusal

generosity

approximately

significant

PI AD

0.2

LY M

0.2

CONTENTS was being moved will be sitting Finished/would finish No sooner had the announcement been made had never been made has left has Roger told moderate/ should moderate did he celebrate to know

0.2 0.2 0.2

Write your answer in the

MARKS 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

KÈ

SENTENCES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

D. Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets. numbered box. (lm) (0.1xl0=1.0m)

0.2

ẠY

E. Fill in the blank space with a right preposition or an adverb particle. Write your answers in the numbered box, (ỉm) (0.1xl0=1.0m)

r SENTENCES 1

CONTENTS in

on/of

about

with

with 3/5

MARKS 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 _

0.1 M

with

0.1

about/ on/ of

0.1

III. READING: (4.0ms)

PI AD

A. Read the following leaflet and choose the most suitable heading from the list A - 1 for each part of the leaflet There are three extra headings which you do not need to use. Write your answers in the numbered box, 0 has been done as an example,(ỉm) (0.2x5 = 1.0m) MARKS 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

LY M

CONTENTS F H A c G

SENTENCES 1 2 3 4 5

CONTENTS c B c B D c D D B

SENTENCES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

B. Read the following passage and choose the most suitable word for each space. Write your answers in the numbered box, (lm) (0.1x10=1,0m) MARKS 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

KÈ

c. Read the passage and choose the correct answers. Write your answers in the

numbered box. (2ms) (0.2x10 = 2,0ms) CONTENTS

MARKS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

ẠY

SENTENCES

c A D D A

c 4/5

D A

9 10

0.2 0.2

IV. WRITING: (6.0ms)

MARKS 0.2 0.2

0.2 0.2 0.2

LY M

SENTENCES CONTENTS He must have gone out before me. 1 I could not keep/get in touch with him because I had lost 2 his phone number. The more wood-pulp is used/ the more wood-pulp people 3 use, the more frees are cut down He regretted not saying goodbye to her at the airport. 4 Now we’ve finished our exams, why don Vwe go to the 5 cinema?

PI AD

A. Rewrite the sentences in each pair. Use no more than Jive words including the word in bold. DO NOT change this word, (lm)

B. The following graph gives statistics showing London Underground station passengers. Write a short paragraph about 130 words to ISO words in order to describe the following graph: (2.0ms)

CONTENTS Introduction sentence Supporting sentences (describe enough given data) Concluding sentence Grammar, spelling, punctuation, connecting ideas

MARKS 0.25 1.0 0.25 0.5

1 2 3 4

c. Write an essay about 200-250 words on the question below: (3.0ms)

KÈ

Air pollution is a serious problem in Vietnam. In about 200- 250 words, write about what causes air pollution, its effect to our health and propose some solutions to this problem.

ẠY

1 2

3 4

CONTENTS

Introduction paragraph Body paragraph ( there are at least one cause, one effect, and one solution) Conclusion paragraph Grammar, spelling, punctuation, Coherence (repeat key nouns, use consistent pronouns, use transition signals to link ideas, arrange your ideas in logical order), cohesion (connecting ideas) THE END.

5/5

MARKS 0.5 15 0.5 0.5

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỒNG THÁP

ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC

KỲ THI CHỌN HSG LỚP 12 THPT Dự THI CẮP QUÓC GIA NĂM HỌC 2011 - 2012

ĐÈ ™

Ngày thi: 30/10/2011 Thời gian tàm bài; 180 phút (Không kể thời gian phái đề)

------------ — --------------------

________

_____________________________(ĐỀ thi gồm cổ: 14 trang)

STT do giám thị ghì Họ và tên thí sinh:

Giám thị 1:

Số báo danh:

Phòng thi

Giám thi 2'

5 Ãphách (Do TB chẩm ihi ghi)

trường (Ký tên - Ghi họ và tên)

X - ............................ Điêm ĩài thi Bằng số Bắne chữ

Họ tên và chữ ký Giám khảo 2 Giám khảo 1

LY M

Điêm từng phấn

Sồ phách

STT doTB chấm thi ghi

Câu 1:.......... Cầu 2:.......... Câu 3:.......... Câu 4:.......... Tổng:............

PI AD

Học sinh lớp

PART I. LISTENING: (3.0 ps) Question 1: People are talking about their jobs. What does each person do? Listen and circle the correct answer. Write your answers in the numbered box. (1.0 p) 1. The man is a A. manager B. musician c . banker D. learner 2. Ted works____ __ . B. at a hotel as a manager A. at a hotel as a bellhop D. in the meeting room c. in the town as a receptionist 3. He is a c. TV producer D. road worker A. personal secretary B. chauffer

4. She is a

A. worker B. technician 5. The man works as a _____ . A. sportsman B. photographer

c. secretary

D. telephonist

c . writer

D. reporter

KÈ

ANSWERS

ẠY

Question 2: Listen to a passage making predictions about the second half of the twenty-first century and choose the best answerfrom the options A,B or c. (1.0 p)

1. The world’s population will increase from 6 billion to 10 billion, mostly in _______ A. America and Asia B. Africa, Asia and Latin America c . Africa, Asia and America 2. The earth’s climate will become warmer, which will create A. droughts and famine in Africa B. droughts and famine in southern Europe c . Both A and B

LY M

PI AD

Thi sinh lchồng Juực viểt vảo phằJi có ỊỊạch chúo

3. In the second half of the 21st century, _ _ _ _ _ A. the world’s supplies of petroleum will run out B. people can’t produce electric vehicles c . we’ll go on using our normal cars 4. With the help of new technology,______ A. people will communicate easily in the same place B. people won’t need to be in the same place to communicate c . people can use computers and videophones at home 5. Patterns of work may change. People A. won’t need to go to banks, offices B. won’t have to go to schools, universities or shops any mare c . Both A and B ANSWERS

Question 3: Listen to the dialogue and fill in the table with ike correct information which cottsisis of a number or two words in each blank (1.0 p)

Client’s name

Mr. Jonathan Hall

(2) right speaker doesn’t ................................

Faults to be repaừed (4) the aerial .........................................

ẠY

KÈ

Telephone (1 ).............................................. Description of appliance radio cassette player

(5 )...........................................

ANSWERS 1.

2/14

PI AD LY M

PART n . LEXICO - GRAMMAR: (7.0 ps) Question 1: Choose the word or phrase which best completes these sentences. Write your answers in the numbered box, (2,0ps)

1. ______will allow some students from less affluent families to attend college.

A. Education B.Scholarships 2. Tom is rich enough to own______ .

c . Compulsion

D. Knowledge

A. not only an airplane, but also a yacht as well

B. not only an airplane, but a yacht as well c . not an airplane only, but a yacht as well D. as well as an airplane, not only a yacht

3. While attempting to reach his home before the storm,

illegal drugs in a secret hiding place in the star’s home.

4. Police _

B. it happened that John’s bike broke down D. John had an accident on his bicycle

A. the bicycle of John broke down c . the storm caught John A. reported to have found

B. are reported to have found D. are reported they have found the guest rooms in this hotel have all been

reserved for months

c . are reported having found 5. It is the height of the tourist season, and A. almost all of

B.the most o f

c . almost of

D. most

of all

ẠY

KÈ

6. “Which_____ of cigarettes do you usually smoke, Peter?” A. make B. sort c . mark D. brand 7. We have no in our files of your recent letter to the tax office. A. account B. memory c . list D. record 8. Their new film received good_____ from the critics. A. reports B. reviews c . opinions D. descriptions 9. The police are looking for a short,____ man with a beard . A. average B. petite c . stocky D. tallish

1 0 .1 walked away as calmly as I could______ they thought I was the thief.

A. or else

B. to avoid

c . owing to

11. The building work must be finished by the end of the month

A. ignorant

B. thoughtless

c . uncaring

D. in case of cost.

D. regardless

12. The noise of the machinery______ the words of the factory manager. A. covered B. drowned c . deadened D. suppressed

13. Spain gave up its control of Guam in 1879. A. relinquished

B. upgraded

c . strengthened

3/14

D. transferced

PI AD LY M

14. ỉn common with his predecessore, the Japanese emperor bears a name never given to any other child. A. In association with B. In imitation of c Like D. Ignoring

15. It was important that they_____ before the curtain went up last night. A. arrive B. have arrived c . arrived D. had arrived 16. It’s no use shouting at Grandmother; she’s as deaf as a ____

B. post

c . pole

D. door

A. pin A. unpleasant

B. unforgivable

17. As the service charge is included in the bill, any further tipping is _____

c . unnecessary

D. unsatisfactory

13. 113.

4. 14.

6. 16.

5. 15.

KÈ

ANSWERS 1. 2. 11. 12.

18. Noise in a room may be reduced by carpeting, draperies, and upholstered furniture,____ absorb sound. A. which they all B. of them all c . all of which D. o f all which 19. Some metropolitan newspapers would make sizable volumes______ in book form. A. than the print B. print them c . if printed D. they are printed 20. _____as a masterpiece, a work of art must transcend the ideals of the period in which it was created. A. Ranks B. The ranking c. To be ranked D. For being ranked 1.

17.

8. 18.

9. 19.

10. 20.

ẠY

Question 2: There are 10 mistakes in the following passage. Underline the wrong word and write the right one in the right column. The first one (0) has been done as an example. (7.0 p) Students learnt English as a second language are sometimes given a I .....learning....... word by their teacher and ask to give an explanation as to what that .................. ......... word means; in another words, to provide a definition. The assumption ............................ is that if you know a word, you can define it. Logical, that might make ...................... sense, but in reality it is not always reasoning to assume that. There are ............................ words and phrases what even native speakers use in conversation ............................ without much thinking which can lead to confusion when you ask a ............................ native speaker to define them. Take a concept of ‘Zeitgeist’, for , .............. ........ example, which has entered English from Germany. It’s undoubtedly ............................ much easier to use than it is to define. With a word as 4Zeitgeist', it may ............................ be more sensible to test the student’s understood in ways other than ............................ asking them to define it___________________________________________________________ 4/14

PI AD LY M

Question 3Ỉ Put the words in brackets in the correct forms. Write your answers in the numbered box. (1.0p) During the 1900s people looked back at the (1. industry)_______ Revolution and saw the horrors of (2. children) _ _ _ _ _ labour, children working in mines and factories. By 2015 people will (3. final)______ wake up to the hoưors of the late 1900s. They will see that some people got away with mass (4. murderer)______ ; and the best example given will be the cigarette companies. The cigarette companies invaded our (5. life) ______with seductive (6. advertise) ______ . They (7. deliberate) ______ added poison to the cigarettes, and then didn’t tell anyone. Then they added labels like mild and light (8. foolish)______ people into believing they are getting less poison. (9. statistic) , hundreds of smokers died. Around the world, millions of years of life have been lost. History might record that we (10. know)_______ fought World War in against the cigarette companies. ANSWERS

8. 10.

3. 7.

ẠY

KÈ

Question 4: Put the verbs given in brackets in the correct form/tense. Write your answer in the numbered box. (1.0 p) Last night I saw an interesting program on television. It was about a new way of teaching science subjects to school children. For three years now a school in London (1. teach)____ _ in this way to some of its students, and these students (2. d o)______ significantly better than the students in ordinary classes. It (3. work) ____ because the students not only learn about science but (4. teach)______ to think about the way of thinking. One of the teachers on the program said that older good teaching method (5. make)______ people think, but it (6. be) ______ in a sense unconscious. When a child (7. have)______ to explain to someone else how they have solved a problem, that really makes them think about their own thinking. Researchers (8. not understand/ fully) how the methods work. But marks in examinations (9. increase) dramatically. Unfortunately nothing (10. do)______ at the moment to train other teachers the new methods, ANSWERS 1. 6.

2. 7.

4. 9.

3. 8. 5/14

5. 10.

PI AD LY M

Question 5: Complete each sentence with the correct form o f ONE o f the two-word verbs below. Write your answer in the numbered box. Each verb is used only once, (1*0p)

10.

attend on turnup ask after carry off get over come upon Catch on agree to draw up end up 1. So far, SIDA has thousands o f people in different countries of the world, something that we don't actually agree with. 2. We m ay______ 3. When I met Mr John this morning, he you and the children. 4. The two bridemaids are to ____ the bride. 5. Searching through a drawer, I _______ just the thing I had been looking for. 6. Don’t worry about the missing dog. It w ill_________ when it gets hungry. 7. This new haừ style is beginning to _________ 8. A white sports car outside the door, 9. We staying there for lunch. 10.1 couldn’t how well she looked. ANSWERS

KÈ

Question 6: Fill in the blank space with a right preposition or an adverb particle. Write your answers in the numbered box. (1.0p)

ẠY

1. So far, SIDA has carried (a ) ______ thousands of people in different countries of the world. 2. When I met Mr. John this morning, he asked (b) _________ you and the children. 3. Searching through a drawer, I came (c )________ just the thing I had been looking for.

4. Teacher’s Day is drawing (d) 5 Let’s get (e)_____ .

6. Are you brave and honest enough to say right ( f ) ______ his face what you are

saying (g )_______ his back? 7 .1 turned (h) at the meeting but the others didn’t come. 8. He threw stones (i) ______ his attackers, trying to drive them (j)_______ . ANSWERS (0

(b) (g)

id) (i)

(Ỉ)

PI AD LY M

PART III. READING: (4.0 ps) Question 1: Read the following passage and choose the most suitable word for each spacei Wrửe your answers in the numbered box. (1.5 ps) HUMANS AND OTHER LIFE FORMS

Humans_____(1)_____ much in common with other life forms on Earth.___ _(2)____die very first life form appeared, all living tilings have been desperately struggling t o ____(3) the harsh and changing conditions of our planet. This has____(4)____ adapting to new situations and, in many cases, has led to either evolution o r ____(5)____ . We are not alone in making ____ (6)____ the world around us (bừds u s e ____ (7)____ to build nests, for example) or in being

particularly skilful ( ___ (8)____make intricate webs). Where w e____ (9)____differ from other

life forms, however, is in our ability to record, and learn from, our collective history; In this, it ___(10)____ that we are unique. There is still m uch_____(11)____does not know about the earliest humans, of course, but we are increasingly___ (12)____ a species with detailed

knowledge about our past. The more we learn, the better are our___ (13)____of survival in the future. It must also be (14) , however, that we are also the only species

ẠY

KÈ

has managed to create the means (15) A. have 1. B. are A. Because 2. B. Due to 3. A. appeal B. object to 4. A. meant B. admitted 5. A. development B. revolution 6. A. home in B. use of 7. A. caves B. twigs A. spiders 8. B. butterflies 9. A. have B. can 10. A. believes B. considers 11. A. mankind B. man A. pouring 12. B. turning 13. A. advantages B. properties 14. A. announced B. recognised A. of damaging to B. to expose 15.

ANSWERS 1. 6. 11.

2. 7. 12.

the planet we live on. D. sound c depend on D. But for c . Since c . survive D. fight D. gone on c. faced up to D. extinction c. limitation c. allowance for D. room for D. holes c. height D. crocodiles c. peacocks D. need c. do D. appears c. regards D .body c. men D. becoming c. searching D. chances c. situations D. shown c. taught D. for rising c. to destroy

4. 9. 14.

3. 8. 13. 7/14

5. 10. 15.

PI AD LY M

X --------

Question 2: Read the following text and match heading A - F with paragraphs I - 5 There is one heading you do not need. (1,0 p)_______________________

A. Learning how to do it B. What the future holds c. From imagination to film D. Convincing special effects E. The history of technology F. Humans still necessary

G. Computers in movies

Technology plays an enormous part in the film industry today. Filmmakers rely on computers and technology to create amazing special effects and animation. Nearly every film includes some kinds of effect that is produced by computers. Computer programs are so specialized nowadays that you can run a program to create just about any effect. Modem technology has unlocked die doors of our imagination. Because of computers almost anything is possible in the world of film.

ẠY

KÈ

Just think of the most exciting moment you have seen in movies. Maybe it was a huge explosion in outer space or a monster that appears out of nowhere. Of course, we know what we see cannot be real, but the effect is so good that for a few moments we really believe it. Not all effects are scary though. Other films use technology to create beautiful backgrounds or animated characters. With computers the possibilities are endless. 2.

Films such as Toy Story show just how computers can be used in film successfully. There are no actors (apart from the voices) and no real sets. Every character comes to life through technology. The process begins with an idea. Someone thinks of a story or a character. With a little imagination, the story unfolds. Other characters are created and given personalities and looks. From here the computers take over and bring the characters to life! Through the whole process, from the first thought to the end product, the characters only ever exist as numbers in the memory of a computer.

8/14

PI AD LY M

Technology in film is a very big business. There are many schools and universities that offer courses in computer animation and special effects. If you are interested in becoming a computer programmer for the movies, you could begin by taking few courses. Provided that you complete your courses successfully, you can look for work in the film industry. Most people begin working in a team with other programmers. This is an excellent opportunity to leam the secrets of the business. 4.

01' course come up with the ideas, write the programs and build the computers in the first place! The writers, dừectors, and actors are the head of any film, but it is the powerful combination of man and computer that makes the film industry grow in new ways all the time. 5.

ẠY

KÈ

Because of technology, the future of film is very exciting. Every day new discoveries are made about computers and how they can be used in the film industry and elsewhere. As long as people continue to use theừ imagination, the future will surely bring us new and exciting adventures in film! Question 3: Read the passage and decide whether the statements are true or false. Write your answers (^) in the numbered box. (0.5 p) The plan to join the British Isles to the European continent by boring a tunnel under the sea between Dover, England, and Calais, France, was originally proposed in the second half of the nineteenth century. The bill authorizing the work was rejected in 1883. The plan was again proposed in 1930 by many enthusiastic supporters. The tunnel was to be the longest ever made and an engineering wonder. However, the estimated cost, the military risks, and the doubt as to the feasibility of construction led to the rejection of the proposal in June 1930. Finally, in the

TRUE FALSE

1. The plan to unite the British Isles with the European continent has been

rejected three times. 2. Some people did not believe that the tunnel was a viable idea in the 1930s. 3. The construction of the tunnel led to the rejection of the proposal in 1930. 4. The tunnel made in 1930 was the longest ever made. 5. The estimated cost of the tunnel was prohibitive in 1930. 9/14

PI AD LY M

Question 4: Read the passage and choose the correct answers (A,B,C or D). Write your answers in the numbered box. (1.0 p) With its radiant color and plantlike shape, the sea anemone looks more like a flower than

an animal. More specifically, the sea anemone is formed quite like a stem and tentacles like petals

in brilliant shades of blue, green, pink, and red. Its diameter varies from six millimeter in some species to more than ninety centimeter in the giant varieties of Australia. Like corals, hydras, and

jellyfish, sea anemones are coelenterales. They can move slowly, but more often they attach the lower part of their cylindrical bodies to rocks, shells, or wharf pilings. The upper end of the sea

anemone has a mouth surrounded by tentacles that the animal uses to capture its foods, stinging cells in the tentacles throw out tiny poison threads that paralyze other small sea animals. The tentacles then drag this prey into the sea anemone’s mouth. The food is digested in the large inner

body cavity. When disturbed, a sea anemone reừacts its tentacles and shortens its body so that it

resembles a lump on a rock. Anemones may produce by forming eggs, dividing in half, or developing buds that grow and break off as independent animals,

1. Which of the following is the main topic of the passage? A. The varieties of ocean life B. The characteristics of the sea anemone, c . A comparison of land and sea anemones. D. The defenses of coelenterates.

2. The word “shape” is closest in meaning to__ A. length

B. grace

c . form

D. nature

KÈ

3. The author compares a sea anemone’s tentacles to a flower’s A. stem

B. petals

c . leaves

D. roots

ẠY

4. It can be inferred from the passage that hydras______ A. were named after a flower B. are usually found in Australia c. prey on sea anemones D. are related to sea anemones 5. It can be inferred from the passage that sea anemones are usually found_____ A. attached to stationary surfaces B. hidden inside cylindrical objects c . floating among underwater flowers D. searching for food 6. The word “ capture” is closest in meaning to “______ ” A. catch B. control c . cover D. clean 7. The word “retracts” is closest in meaning to “ _______” A. pulls back B, relaxes c . reproduces D. lifts up 8. According to the passage, when a sea anemone is bothered it A. hides under a rock B. alters its shape c . changes colors D. ejects a poisonous substance 10/14

PI AD LY M

9. The sea anemone reproduces by A. budding only B. forming eggs only c. budding or dividing only D. budding, forming eggs, or dividing 10. Based on the information in the passage, all of the following statements about sea anemones are true EXCEPT that they______

Ơ H

3. 8.

4. 9.

5. 10.

PART IV. WRITING: (6.0 ps) Question 1: (1.0p) Finish each of the following sentences in such a way thai ừ means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it 1. He didn’t realized how talented he was until he started work. -►Only_________ 2. My little sister insisted on being given a doll. Nothing but 3 .1 find it surprising that Daisy didn’t like her present. -»I w ou ld ___ _______ ___ 4. The president’s bodyguards stood behind him, watching. ->> Watchfully 5. Ridinẹ a bicycle along a pavement is against the law.

ẠY

KÈ

2. 7.

ANSWERS 1. 6.

B. have flexible bodies D. are usually brightly colored

A. are usually tiny c. are related to jellyfish

__________ ____________________________

You a r e _____________________

Use the words given in brackets and make anv necessary additions to complete a new sentence in such a H>ơy that it is as simitar as possible in meaning to tfte original sentence. Do NOT change the form o f the given words. 6. Fortunately, the plane has landed safely. [STROKE] 7. Can that film be seen by the general public yet? [RELEASE]

11/14

PI AD LY M

8. Actually, we wouldn’t want to restrict the freedom of the students in any way. [IMPOSE] —^ ___ __________________ __

___

_______

9- After a while I realized that I had made a terrible mistake. [DAWNED]

_________________

-»

10.Children aged under 16 are not allowed to go into the night clubs. [BOUNDS]

_____________________________________________________________

Question 2: (2.0ps) Write a report to describe the data in thefollowing chart. You should write at least ISO words.

2000

2005

ẠY

KÈ

THE PERCENTAGE OF PEOPLE USING PUBLIC TRANSPORT

12/14

2010

PI AD M

LY M

ẠY

KÈ

Question 3: Some parents think that physical punishment ừ an effective way in educating their children. Do you agree or disagree with this idea? Write a composition (250-300 words) to state your reasons. (3.0 ps)

13/14

ẠY M

KÈ Y

Q H

N Ơ N

LY M

PI AD

SỞ GIÁO p ụ c VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN HSG LỚP 12 THPT D ự THI CẮP QUỐC GIA NĂM HỌC 2011 - 2012

HƯỚNG DẢN CHẤM ĐẺ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIÉNG ANH Ngày thi: 30/10/2011 (Hưóng dẫn chấm gồm có: 04 trang) PART I. LISTENING: (3.0 ps) 5 = 1.0 p)

2 A

4. c

5. D

3. A

4.B

5.C

LY M

Question 2: (0.2 X 5 = 1.0 p) 1. B 2 .C Question 3: (0.2 X 5 = 1.0 p) 1. 78549 2. work properly 3. completely distorted 4. is stuck / ‘s stuck 5. handle broken

3. B

PART II. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR (7.0 ps)

8.B 9.C 18.C 19.C

6.D 7.D 16.B 17.C

I0.D 20.C

5.A 15.A

2. another -> other 4. reasoning -treasonable 6. thinking -ỳ thought 8. Germany -> German 10.understood understanding

Question 1: (0.1 X 20 = 2.0 ps) I.B 2.B 3.D 4.B II.D 12.B 13. A 14.C Question 2: (0.1 X 10 = 1.0 p) 1. ask asked 3. Logical Logically 5. what ->that/which 7. a -> the 9. as -ỳ like Question 3: (0.1 X 10 = 1.0 p)

2. child 4, murder 6. advertising/ advertisements 8. to fool 10. unknowingly

industrial finally invaded deliberately Statistically

KÈ

1. 3. 5. 7. 9.

PI AD

l.B

Question 1: (0.2

ẠY

Question 4: (0.1 X 10 = 1.0 p) Verb forms/ tenses: 1. has been 2. have done teaching 6. was 7. has

Question 5: (0.1 1. carried off 6. turn up Question 6: (0.1 (a) off (f) in

10 = 1.0 p) 2. agree to 7. catch on 10 = 1.0 p) fb) after (g) behind

3. works

4. are taught

5. made

8. do not fully understand

9. have increased

10. is being done

3. asked after 8. drew up

4. attend on 5. came upon 9. ended up lO.get over (d) on (i) at

(e) along (j) away / off

PART III. READING (4.0 ps) Question 1: (0.1 X 15= 1.5 ps) 1.A 2.C 6.B 7.B 1 l.A 12.D Question 2: (0.2 X 5 = 1.0 p)

0 -G

3. c 8. A 13.D

5.D

4.A 9.C 14, B

10.D 15.C

1 -D 2 - c 3 - A 4 - F 5 - B

True

False

True

False

2. True

True

False

2. c

3. B

4. D

6. A

7. A

8 B

9. D

False

5. A

10. A

PART IV. WRITING: (6.0 ps)

Question 1: (0.1 X 10 = 1.0 p)

True

LY M

Question 4: (0.1 X 10 = 1.0 p)

1. B

PI AD

Question 3: (0.1 X 5 = 0.5 p)

1. He didn't realized how talented he was until he started work. -> Only when he started work did he realize how talented he was. 2. My little sister insisted on being given a doll.

-> Nothing hut a doll H'ouid satisfy tnv ỉittíe sister.

3 .1 find it surprising that Daisy didn’t like her present. -> I would have thought Daisy would have liked her present. 4. The president’s bodyguards stood behind him, watching. -> Watchfully standinti behind the president were his bodyguards. 5. Ridine a bicycle along a pavement is against the law. You Are not allowed to ride a bicycle along a pavement./ You siiotildn Vride a bicycle along a pavement. 6. Fortunately, the plane has landed safely. [STROKE]

- By a stroke oj fortunt, the plant hits landed safely.

7. Can that film he seen by the general public yet? [RELEASE] Is that film an the general release vet? s Actually, we wouldn't want to restrict the freedom of the students in any way. [IMPOSE]

KÈ

- > AauaUy. HV Woirfiiu. I n ant ỈO impose any restrictions on the freedom o f the students in anv wav.

ẠY

9. After a while I realized dial 1 had made a terrible mistake. [DAWNED] -> Jinsr*a while J dawned me on that Ị had made a terrible mistake. 10. Children aged under 16 are not allowed to go into the night clubs. [BOUNDS] *> The night clubs ar€ out o f bounds to children aged under 16.

Question 2: (2.0 ps): Viết biểu đồ phải dạt các yêu cầu: I MỘI DƯNG; (1.3 ps)

I. Introduction: Giới thiệu ý chính của bài viết. II. Body: (-Overview; details, details, details, details) - Nêu khái quát tỉ lệ người dân sù dụne; phương tiện giao thông nói chung đều có gia tăng ở cả 3 quốc gia từ 2000 đến 2010. 2/3

0.25

III. Conclusion: - Tóm tắt nội dung, ý nghĩa biểu đồ. - Nêu nhận xét vê xu hướng chung ( nước nào có tỉ lệ sử dụng gia tăng ít nhất; nước nào có tỉ lệ sử dụng gia tănậ nhiều nhất). II HĨNH THỨC: (0.5 ps) - Dùng tò chính xác, phong phú, có các từ nôi câu. - Trình bảy rõ, mạch lạc. Sô từ phải đạt đủ theo quy định

Question 3: COMPOSITION (3.0 ps) I. Introduction: (2-3 câu) General introduction Thesis/ transition II. Body:

0.25 0.25 0.125 0.125

0.25 0.25

LY M

0.2 0.2

Reason 1

Topic sentence Supporting 1 Supporting 2 (example)

Reason 2

Topic sentence Supporting 1 Supporting 2 (example)

Reason 3 Topic sentence Supporting 1

0.2

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 H.2

02 0.2

Supporting 2 (example) III. Conclusion: (2-3 câu)

0.25

PI AD

- Năm 2000 so sánh đôi chiêu tỉ lệ sử dung phương tiện giao thông công cộng ở 3 nước - N ă m 2005 ... - Năm 2010 ....

KÈ

Summary Giving their own thought impression / suggestion Ỉ ... * Từ ngữ. cẩu true: - Sừ dime các từ Hỏi cảu, nỏi ý một cách phong phú Trình bày mạch lạc. ngôn ngữ, cấu trúc đa dạne. dễ hiểu

0.2 0*2 0.2 0.2

CHỦ Ỷ ĩ

ẠY

ỉ. Trừ điểm sai ngữ pháp, chỉnh tả, ... - 0.2 / loi nhicng không quá 0,6 2. Thí sinh phải nêu ít nhất 3 lý do. Nếu nêu nhiều hơn; chọn 3 ỉỷ do hay nhât đê tính điểm, nhưng ỉẽỉ sai được tính cho tất cả) 3. Suggested topic sentences: - Be ashamed with friends or neighbors...

give bad effect on children’s spirit / hurt theirfeeling

V-

- be passive / not be close to parents imitate parents *violence

3/3

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYÈN HSG LỚP 12 THPT D ự THI CẮP QUOC GIA NĂM HỌC 2012 - 2013

ĐÈ THI MÔN: TIÉNG ANH Ngày thi: 28/10/2012 Thời gian làm bài: 180phút (Không kể thời gian phải đề)

ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC

,11*J

.......

STT do giám thị ghi Họ vủ tên IỈ1Í sinh:

Giám thị 1: Phòn)! ijiĩ

1lọc sình lởp

Giám ilii 2:

Sổ phách (Do HĐ chấm thi ghi)

trường (K ỹ lén - Ghi họ và lên)

Hội dồng coi thi:

X — (P háo nùy dành cho liội đong chấm t ỉ ý Điêm )ài thi Họ tên và chữ ký Bằng số Băng chữ Giám khảo 1

Câu I:.;............ Câu II:............. Câu III:........... Câu IV :............

LY M

Điém từng phẩn

•

Giảm khảo 2

Giám khảo 3

Sồ phách

STT do IIĐ chấm thi ghi

Sô phách (Do HĐ phúc khảo ghi)

Tổng:..............

PI AD

Só báo dũnh:

X-

{PỊiần này dành cho hội đổng phúc khảo) Đìêm bài (hì Bằng sổ Banff chữ

Điếm từng phần

ẠY

U Q

KÈ

Tổng:..............

Câu I: .............. Câu II: ............ Câu IU:........... Câu IV:............

Giám khảo 1

Giám khảo 2 Giảm khảo 3

Họ tên và chữ ký

Sứ p h á c h (Do HĐphúc khảo ghi)

s ơ GIẢO DỤC VẢ ĐẢO TẠO KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TƯYẺN HSG LỚP 12 THPT D ự THI CẮP Q U ồC GIA NĂM HỌC 2012-2013 ĐÒNG THÁP ĐỀ T H I CHÍNH THỨ C Môn thi: TIẾN G ANH Thời gian thi: ỉ 80 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề) Ngày thi: 28/10/2012 Đe thỉ có 10 trang

•

Thỉ sinh không đirợc sử dụng tài liệu, kể cả từ điển. Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm.

PI AD

•

LY M

2. How long does the man want to study?

A. 12 weeks B. 6 months 3. What proficiency level is the student? A. Beginner B. Intermediate

c . 8 months c . Advanced

4. When does the man want to start the course?

® ® ©

c . September ® ©

d> ©

B. June Y our answers: 3. 0 © ® ©

A. March

Questions 5-10, complete the sentences. W RITE NO M O R E T H A N TH REE WORDS fo r each answer.

LANGUAGE CEN TER CLIEN T IN FORM ATIO N CARD Name: R ich ard................................................... (5).

KÈ

Email address:.................................................... @hotmail.com (6). Date of birth: .................................................... 1980 (7).

ẠY

Reason for studying Japanese:...............................................................(8). Specific learning needs: .............................................................................. (9).

Place of previous study (if a n y ):...........................................................(10).

PART 2 : Questions Ỉ Ỉ - I 5 , y o u will hear a discussion about ways to raise money fo r a school Answer the questions. W RITE NO M O R E TH AN FOUR WORDS fo r each question. (1.0 point) 11. What does the school want to raise money for?

1/10

12. What does Ben suggest doing to raise the monev?

14. Where does Ben think they could get clothes for a fashion show from?

LY M

15, Where will the show be held?

PI AD

13. What does their teacher think they should sell?

It was exactly as I had imagined. It is not as good as it used to be. It is hard to find your way around it. It is overrated. It can get too crowded. It was even better than 1 expected. Your answers: 16. Speaker I 18. Speaker 3 17. Speaker 2

19. Speaker 4

20. Speaker 5

A. B. c. D. E. F.

PART 3 Questions 16-20, you will hear fiv e different people talking about cities they have visited. Choose fro m the list (A-F) the option each person gives about the city. Use the letters only once. There is one extra letter which you do not need to use.(1.0 point)

SECTION 2 : USE OF ENGLISH (5.5 points)

ẠY

KÈ

FART 1: For questions 1-20, p u t a cross (X) on the best option (A, B, c, or D) fo r each item in the answer box below. (2.0 points) 1. H e's always boasting his children’s success at school. in on D. A. for B. about c. 2. The teacher wanted to know where D. have I lived A. did I live B. I lived c . do I live frightful accidcnt that I ’ll never forget it. 3. It w a s ___ D. so B. a so c . a too A. such a ______ a yachl if you were rich? 4. Would you D. buy A. bought B. have bought c. had bought 5. Calhy tried hard, she didn't manage to win the race. A. Even though B. In spite of c. Despite D. Despite of 6. Many businesses have because of the financial crisis. dropped off A. ended up B. given out c. closed down D. 7. The hijackers kept the pilot as a on board the plane. kidnapper A. convict B. victim c. hostage D. 8. I won’t _ your behaving in this way! Please stop! D. c . tolerate A. forbid B. resist remain for her appointments. She’s late at times. 9. Mary is not always c. exact D. correct A. punctual B. sharp your English is to visit an English-speaking country, 10. A eood way to improve c. produce D. recover A. decrease B.

2/10

her talents. B. for

15* Did ihev finullv g et iheir w ash ing m a c h in e ______________ ?

PI AD

14. Samantha could have been an excellent musician but she hasn’t made good use on

1. 2. 3. 4.

LY M

A. repair B. lo repair c , repairing D. repaired lfc.Cailn got a speeding ___________ _ lor exceeding the speed limit. A* lee B. fare c. lickei Dreceipt 17. John is a very talented writer. His books hilve gained several literary____________ A. donations B. rewards c . prices Đ. prizes 18. “Look at that awful stain on my new dress! What would you for removing this ink stain?” A. recommend B. consult c . propose D. confess 1 9 /‘You should keep in mind that a car servicing regularly, otherwise you’ll have problems with it.” A. inquires B. requests c . requires D. commands 20. The residents to having a mall built in their neighbourhood. A. rejected B. disapproved c . resisted D. objected Y our answ ers: 5. © 17. © 9. © © ® © © (§> 13. 6. 18. 10. ® © ® © © ® 14. <s> © 7. 15. © 19. 11. ® © © © © 8. 20. 16. 12. CD © ® © © © ©

ẠY

KÈ

PART 2 : For questions 21-30, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end o f some o f the lines to form another word ihai fits the space in the same line. There is an example at the beginning. (1.0 point) HO W M UCH ARE YOU W O RTH ? An important factor to take inio (0) ______ _in trying to answer this CONSIDER question is how socially useftj) a person’s work is, (21) of the REGARD talents he or she may bring toil 11 is (22)_________ ________ accepted that GENERAL looking after the sick or taking (23)_______ for the education of the RESPONSIBLE young is a more (24)________ _ occupation than, say. selling second-hand VALUE cars. Yet UNtìd-ear (25) _ _ _ ______ _ undoubtedly earn more than the SELL nurses or teachcrs. Bui Vi hat about job (26) ? People who SATISFY enjoy their jobs, the (27) ._________ goes, get their reward in the form of ARGUE a ‘psychic wage’, and thru it is the people with the (2 8 )_______ jobs who REPEAT noed more money. Whatever the truth, jobs which are traditionally thought o f as 'vocations’ continue to be (2 9 )___________ badly paid, while other RELATE .lobs, such as those in the world of entertainment, carry (3 0 )__________ FINANCE rewards out of all proportion to their social worth.

3/10

Your answers:

26.

22.

27.

23.

28.

24.

29.

25.

30.

LY M

21.

PI AD

consideration

fl u.

KÈ

PART 3 : For questions 31-45, read the text below and think o f the word which best fits each space, Use only ONE word in each space. There is an example at the beginning. (1.5points) BUDDING W RITERS What do Charles Dickens and Ernest Hemingway (01 have in common? The answer is that, alone; (31) many other famous novelists, their writing careers began its somewhat tarnished reputation, journalism on a local newspaper. Today, (32) ___ still remains one of the few career paths open to the budding writer ( 3 3 ) ________ his or her best to earn a living. (34) is more, many aspiring novelists are to be found biding their time on the staff of regional newspapers. It is (35) exaggerating, however, to say that good writers are of (36) _____ or no value to a newspaper (37) _ ___ they do not know how to set about finding stories, Junior reporters have to devote hours to the cultivation of contacts who will (38)_____ them supplied with the type of stories their readers have become (39) to seeing in print. Newspapers also require a particular style. The graduate entrant to journalism, all of (40)__ _ experience and training is based on essay writing, may find the discipline required in writing a news report rather (4 1 )________ daunting prospect, The philosophy of the newspaper is quite simple, (42) ________ the fact that there are thousands of words competing (4 3 )_ a limited number of columns. In addition, the average reader only spends at (44) __ twenty-five minutes reading a paper, so brevity is of (45) _____ utmost importance. Your answers: 34.

37.

40.

43.

32.

35.

38.

41.

44.

33.

36.

39.

42.

45.

ẠY

31.

PART 4: For questions 46-55, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, c or D) best fits each space by putting a cross (X) on it in the answer box below, (1.0 point) SHE STUDIES W H ILE HE PLAYS: TRUE OF CHILDREN AND CHIM PS Little girls watch and learn, little boys don’t pay attention and play round. At least, this seems to be the ( 4 6 ) _______ with chimpanzees, according to new research. Chimpanzees in the wild (47)_ _____ [ 0 snack on termites, and youngsters learn to fish for them by poking long sticks and other (48) __ tools into the mounds that large groups of termites build. Researchers found that on average female chimps in ihc Gombe

4/10

LY M

PI AD

National Park in Tanzania learnt how to do termite fishing at the aee o f 31 months, more than two years earlier than the males. The females seem to learn by watching their mothers. Researcher Dr. Elisabeth V. Lansdorf, director of field conservation at the Lincoln Park Zoo in Chicago, said that it is (49)_____________to find that. When a young male and female are near a mound,‘she’s really focusing on termite fishing and he’s spinninc himself round (50)_____________circles.’ Dr. Lansdorf and colleagues arc studying chimpanzees at the zoo with a new, (51) fii'I termite E'Prm’il. mound. m t'iim H lifilfv iih i rm 1 cT"TMVỈ ral ra i'lip n fp rtn itp o On O n the tfoi* fir c t Hav created Ill ledl tv with musiartl herr tlid than termites. first day, adult females were getting at the mustard and a young female watched carefully and began to (52)____________ the skills. Two young males did not do as well as the females - one simply sat next to his mother and tried to (53)_____________some mustard from her, Dr. Lansdorf said. The behavior of both sexes may seem (54)___________ _______ to many parents, she said, adding, T h e sex differences we found in the chimps are (55)_ to some o f the iings from human child development research.’ 46. A. case B . matter c. fact D. event 47. A. delight D. fancy B. enjoy c. like 48. A. relative B. connected D. similar c. close 49. A. ordinary B. regular c. typical D. frequent 50. A. with B. in D. through c. to 51. A. specially B. particularly D. distinctly c. singly 52. A. pick up B. find out D. take on c. come to 53. A. rob B. grasp c. grip D. steal 54. A. acquainted B. familiar c. recognized D. known 55. A. corresponding B. alike c. identical D. matching Your answers: 46. 48. 54. 52. 0 ® © 50. © © © © 47. 49. 55. © 53. 51. © © © © ® ©

SECTION 3: READING C O M PREH EN SIO N (5.5 points)

PART Ì : You are going to read a pari o f a novel. For questions 1-8, choose the answer (A, B, c or D) which y o u think fits best according to the text. Put a cross (X) on the option (A, B, c or D) you have chosen in your answer box. (2.0 points)

ẠY

KÈ

If there’s one thing Irene Draper knows about, it's running a hotel. When she found the building thirty years ago, it was half-derelict, decayed by neglect. The old man, the final survivor in a long line of local landowners, was living in poor conditions in only two damp rooms on the ground floor. The rest of the house was shuttered up and in a similar state. 5 Wallpaper was peeling away and there was no electricity. The staircase, when she took to it in her good leather shoes, was splintering and rotted. From under the wooden floor of what would once have been a ballroom, the roots of the tree had burst up. The estate agenl had glanced at her as they stepped out again into the bright, sharp light outside. ‘It needs some w o rk ,’ he began. Irene ignored him . partly b ecause he w as annoying her ju st by being there. 10 and partly becausc she didn’t want to let on how excited she was. She knew a bargain when she saw one. The place sm elt... well, of rot and dam p.... But it also smelt of potential. And potential is something Irene has a good nose for. She’s been proved right, of course. It is a thriving, successful country these days. ‘Unparalleled service and luxury,’ the brochure reads. She installed power showers in the 15 1980s and whirlpool baths in the 1990s- she had a go in one once but didn’t think much of it. She’s not sure of her next move. That’s the secret o f good hotel managing: improve, 5/10

PI AD

LY M

renovate, innovate. Always stay ahead of the competition. It will come to her, whatever it is, she’s sure of that. Irene crosses her legs under the desk and notices a figure walking along the path. Stella. That’s another thing Irene had been right about. Stella Gilmore had arrived on a day back in February, a day so cold that each leaf was encased in frost. And she had gone to reception, asking for work. February is slump-time for the hotel trade and Irene doesn’t take anybody on in February. But, coming downstairs to tell this person so, she changed her mind. As she stepped down her lovingly restored stairs, she look it all in: the fed coal, the dark hair, the bag at her feet. By the time Irene’s shoes had come into contact with the hall carpet, she had the situation assessed. This e;irl would be worth it in the long run, Irene was sure. She’d get back Ihe extra outlay over the quite weeks with this one, as long as she stayed until after the spring. She heard the girl explain that she’s been working in broadcasting, which she knew didn't have much to do with hotel work, but she used to waitress when she was a teenager and she really needed a job for a while. Irene didn’t ask a thing at the time. Sometimes, she knows, people just have to exit their lives. You get all tvpes in the hotel trade. It attracts runaways like this. But Irene hadn't asked. She was no loo], and she was a businesswoman, If a well-spoken, goodlooking young woman turns up at your hotel in search of work, you don’t turn her down. Who care who or what she’s leaving behind her? Three months later, as Irene sits in her office, she remembers something. She stands, unlatches the window and pulls it up. ‘Stella!’ she calls. ‘I have a telephone message for you." Irene looks down at the paper she'd written it down on. ‘Nina called.7 Stella doesn't move. Irene waits to be told who Nina is. But Stella is silent as usual. ‘She said that you could call her,’ Irene persists. ‘It sounded quite urgent.' Stella nods. ‘Right,’ she says. ‘You can use the phone here in my office, if vou like,’ Irene offers, knowing that there was no particular reason why Stella would want to. Then adds. ‘If you need privacy.' ‘Er, no,’ Stella shakes her head, ‘thanks’. Irene shuts the window, peeved not to have found out more. Because Stella gives nothing away and rarely shows any feelings, Irene is becoming more and more fascinated by her.

L What do we learn about the building as Irene first saw it?

ẠY

KÈ

A. Some of the rooms were still in reasonable condition. B. It was a long time since anyone had looked after it properly. c . The only inhabitant had no right to be there. D. It was noi possible to look around all of il, 2. What do we fin d out about Irene in the second paragraph? A. She expecLs to go on to improve another hotel. B. She will come up against increased competition. c . She intends to upgrade the hotel bathrooms. D. She will think of ways to develop the business further. 3. What was ‘i t ’ in line Ỉ7 refer to? A. good hotel managing B. the secret c. her next move D. the competition 4. What was Irene's fir s t reaction when she was told that Stella wanted work? A. She was annoyed that someone had disturbed her. B. She thought that she would turn Stella away. c . She felt suspicious at seeing a stranger. D. She thought she recognized Stella. 6/10

Irene decided io take Stella on because A. Stella’s experience would be useful. B. she needed someone until the spring, c . it was difficult for her to find staff.

D, she knew Stella would be a good employee.

PI AD

c . She had written the number down in the office. D. She hoped to overhear Stella’s conversation.

S. What does peeved’ in line 44 mean? confused frustrated worried shocked

A. B. c. D.

LY M

A. She was concerned that Stella should phone as soon as possible. B She thouaht That would be more comfortable for Stella,

5. 6.

<s> <3>

® ® © © ® ® © $

3. 9 © © '© 4.

Y our answers:

1, 2

PART 2 : For questions 9-14, read the text below and then answer the questions that follow by putting a cross (X) on the best option (A, B, c or D) in the answer box. (1.5 points)

ẠY

KÈ

The largest o f the world’s 17 penguin species, emperor penguins stand nearly four feet and weigh up to 90 pounds. These sea birds never set foot on dry land. (1) An estimated 200,000 breeding pairs live in about 40 penguin colonies scattered along the coast o f Antarctica. (2) Their waterproofed feathers, flipper-like wings, and streamlined bodies make them excellent swimmers and divers. On ice they can travel distances up to 50 miles by 41‘tobogganing”- gliding on their stomachs while pushing with their wings and feet. (3) Emperor penguins breed during the Antarctic winter in some o f the world’s most severe weather conditions (temperatures of -80F and winds up to 112 miles per hour). Breeding during the winter allows chicks to mature in midsummer when food is plentiful. After the female lays a single egg, the male holds it in a fold of skin near his feet for a twomonth incubation period. During this time he huddles with other males to keep warm. (4) The male moves very little and does not eat, usually losing up to a third of his body weight. Meanwhile the females go to sea and dive for fish so that when they return they can feed and care for the newly hatched chicks. After the male restores his body weight, both parents take turns caring for their voung. The world’s emperor penguin population declined in the last 50 years due to a period of warming ocean temperatures. Warm water shrinks ice cover and reduces the population o f krill-a small crustacean that is the emperor penguin’s staple food. Today the emperor penguin population has stabilized, but warming trends could again threaten this magnificent sea bird.

9. What is the author}s main purpose in this passage? A. to describe the recent plight of the emperor penguin B. to show the differences between penguin species c . to describe the characteristics and breeding practice o f the emperor penguin

7/10

D. to describe the eating habits o f the emperor penguin

10. Which of the following is NOT true of the emperor penguin?

B.(2)

c.(3)

D.(4)

A. (1)

LY M

PI AD

A. They can travel 50 miles by gliding. B. They breed during Antarctic summer, c . The male incubates the egg. D. They can withstand severe weather. 11. The word stabilized in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to A. held steady. B. increased. c . slowed. D. fluctuated. 12. The passage suggests that A. the female emperor penguin should take better care of her young. B. no animal can survive in subzero temperatures. c . scientists have never been closc enough to observe the emperor penguin. D. changes in the global environment can threaten the emperor penguin. 13. Why do male emperor penguins form a huddle? A. to protect the eggs from sea lions B. to share their food supply c . to maintain body heat in harsh temperatures D. 1 0 share parenting advice. 14. The following sentence can be inserted in to the passage: Instead they fe e d and breed in the frig id waters and sea ice o f the southern Ocean, Where would the sentence best fit in the passage? Choose the number to indicate where you would add the sentence to the passage.

Y our answers: 9. 11. 0 <§> © 13. © © © © 10, 0 14. ® © © <§> 12. ® © PART 3: For questions 15-24, read the two articles below and decide which answer (A, B, c or D) bestfits each space. Put a cross (X) on your option in the answer box below (2.0 points).

ẠY

KÈ

TEDDY BEAR CLINIC You may well ask yourself what a middle-age journalist is doing taking a very old, soft, furry toy bear, with the (1 5 )_______ ____ remnants of a mouth and only haft an eye, to a woman’s house? Well, if you have a teddy with a bit missing, if its fur is moth-eaten or, (1 6 )________ the thought, if it has been chewed by a pet dog, do not ị 17) _______________ t for Jacqueline Evans can help. Jacqueline runs the Teddy Bear Clinic from her home in Bath, England. Having examined my teddy, she discoverers that he has also suffered the unwelcome (1 8 )_________ ______of carpet beetles and lost some of his fur. Unlike me, most of Jacqueline’s 150 clients worldwide send their bears to her by post, but by (19) _____ arrangement she will have a consultation with owners in her tiny workroom. There she explains what can be done for the bear, or more rarely, breaks the news that it is beyond repair. Mine, it seems, just requires minor surgery. 15. A. mere B. rare c. pure D. spare 16. A. vanish B. end c. perish D. decline 17. A. surrender B. collapse c. quit D. despair 18. A. attention tì. awareness c. consideration D. notice 19. A. earlier B. former c. anterior D. prior HEATING OFFER Dear Consumer, Hebditch Energy, Europe’s largest installer of domestic solar collectors, may be in a (20) _______ to make you the generous offer of a (21)_ _ solar waterheating installation.

8/10

16. 21.

18. 23.

19. 24.

® © © ©

15. 20.

LY M

PI AD

If you are willing to (22) the performance of the system for us (which only takes a few seconds each week), and perhaps (23) _____________ the world about solar heating benefits to your friends, we will reduce the cost of system for your home substantially. Find out how the systems specifically designed by Hebditch Energy for the British climate can reduce your year- round energy costs. Remember, the government is actively engaged in (24) _______________ back the use of fossil fuels. Think of the implications, if you would like to have your property assessed with no obligation, return the reply- paid card and leave the rest to us. Kind regards. Anglelci Hebditch Managing director 20. A. place D. situation B. position c. condition D. supported 21. A. contributed B. promoted c. subsidized 22. A. monitor D. watch B. oversee c. survey 23. A. advertise D. spread B, circulate c. broadcast B. cutting D. taking 24. A. putting c. keeping Your answers:

SECTION 4: WRITING (4.0 points)

PART 1: For questions 1-5, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning

to the first sentence, using the word given. DO NOT change the word given. You must use

Whose idea was it to organize a party for her?

CAME

between TWO and F IV E words, including the word given. (1.0 point)

W ho............................................ ............... ..................... ot'organizing a party for her? ‘I don’t think you should give up the course,’ shesaid to him.

NOT

‘Don’t make so much noise! ’ she told them.

STOP

-> She advised...................... — ................................................................ the course.

She told them -......... — —--- ---------------------------------------- --------------------- noisy.

KÈ

4. We discussed the problem for a long time.

DISCUSSION

W e ........................................—...............................................................about the problem.

At the end o f the party, we all helped with the clearing up.

OVER

ẠY

-ỳ When the party.....................— —------------------------------ ------ us helped with the

clearing up.

PART 2: You should spend30 minutes on this part. Write at least 250 words. (3.0 points) Do you agree or disagree with the following statement?

“There is nothing that young people can teach older people ____________ Use specific reasons and examples to support your position.

9/10

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

Start vour P A R T 2 here

I I

10/10

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYẺN HSG LỚP 12 THPT D ự THI CẤP QUỐC GIA NĂM HỌC 2012-2013

C âu hởi

Đi êm

Đ á p án P A R T 1 (1.0 po in t) B A B

business conversation / to communicate (at) school PART 2 (1.0 point) new computers holding a talent show food local clothes shops in the school halJ

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0,2 0.2 0.2

P A R T 3 (1.0 point) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

A E F

M KÈ ẠY

ricky45 29 February

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

c hagerty

LY M

SECTION 1: LISTENING (3.0 points) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PI AD

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Ngày thị: 28/10/2012 (Hưởng dẫn chấm gồm cỏ: 04 trang)

SECTION 2: USE OF ENGLISH (5.5joints) P A R T 1 (2.0 points)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B B A D A

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.] 0.1 0.1

0.1

c c

1/4

0.1 0.1 o.l 0.1 0.] 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

PI AD

B B D B c D c D A c D PART 2 ( 1.0 point)

valuable

SALESMEN/SALESWOMEN/SALESPEOPLE SATISFACTION ARGUMENT REPETITIVE RELATIVELY FINANCIAL PART 3 (1.5 points) with despite/notwithstanding doing/trying What not/hard [y/scarcely little if keep accustomed/used whose a givcn/considering/despite for/with most/best the PART 4 (1.0 point) A c D c B A

ẠY

KÈ

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45

REGARDLESS GENERALLY RESPONSIBILITY

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

46 47 48 49 50 51

LY M

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

2 /4

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0,1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0,1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0,1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0,1

0.1 0.1 0.] 0.1

A D B c SECTION 3: READING COMPREHENSION (5.5 pts) PART 1 (2.0 points)

4 5

6 7 8

0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

B B D B c A A B

PART 2 (1.5 points)

c B A D c A

9 10 11 12 13 14

LY M

1 2

PI AD

52 53 54 55

0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

l’ART 3 (2.0 points)

H N Y

SECTION 4: WRITING (4.0 points) PART 1 (1.0 point) . came up with the idea... ..him not to give up.. ...to stop being so... ..had a long discussion.. ...was overf,) all o f... PART 2 (3.0 points)

20 21 22 23 24

17 18 19

A c D c A B c A D B

15 16

ẠY

KÈ

1 2 3 4 5

Nội

dung (2 .0 $

Introductory paragraph with a theme sentence for the

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.25

whole essay. At least two clear, topic- relevant, logical paragraphs with clear topic sentence for each. 2.

0.75

I s' p a rag rap h

3/4

4. Good conclusion (paraphrase the introductory paragraph including writer’s supported ideas).

0.25

Word using, sentence connectors, and spellings are we][-used. Precise tenses and good structures; enough words required.

ẠY

KÈ

HÉT

4 /4

PI AD

0.75

0.5

LY M

Cách dùng từ và ngữ pháp (10 đ)

3. 2nữparagraph

M Ã ĐÊ 1: Internet

In your opinion, what are the advantages and disadvantages of Internet?

Q uestion # 01

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

LY M

PI AD

You have 7 minutes to think what you are going to say. You should prepare notes instead offull sentences and try to SPEAK as naturally as possible. Your talking time should not exceed 3 minutes. Good luck!

MẴ ĐÈ 2: Pollution Question # 02

Water pollution is a serious problem nowadays. In your opinion, what are the causes of water pollution? And what should we do to solve this problem?

Give appropriate causes and examples to support your ideas.

ẠY

KÈ

M Ã ĐÈ 3: School leavers

Some students choose to find work and not continue with their studies. Do you think this is a good thing? (Why? Or why not?)

Q uestion # 03

PI AD

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

LY M

You have 7 minutes to think what you are going to say. You should prepare notes instead o f full sentences and try to SPEAK as naturally as possible . Your talking time slĩồiãd not exceed 3 minutes. Good luckỊ

MÃ ĐÈ 4: Traffic

Question # 04

In your opinion, what are the causes of traffic accidents? What should we do to solve this problem?

ẠY

KÈ

Give appropriate causes and examples to support your ideas.

M Ã ĐÈ 5: O versea stu dy

In your opinion, why do many young people want to go to another country to learn?

PI AD

Q uestion # 05

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

You have 7 minutes to think what you are going to say . You should prepare notes instead offidl sentences and fry to SPEAK as naturally as possible . Your talking time should not exceed 3 minutes. Good luckl

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYÊN HSG LỚP 12 THPT D ự THI CÁP Q U ồC GIA NĂM HỌC 2012-2013

Tiêu chí 4

LY M

Tiêu chí 3

Coh esion/Coỉterence - Trình bày các ý liên kểt với nhau - Có sử dùng tò nối thích hợp - Trình bày ý tưởng mạch lạch Lexical resource Từ vựng sử đụng thích hợp Grammar - Sử dụng đúng cú pháp câu - Sử dụng cấu trúc câu phong phú Pronunciation/fluency - Phát âm chuân - Ngữ điệu - Diễn đạt ý tưởng trôi chảy

ĐIÈM 0.5

Tiêu chí 2

NOI DUNG

TIÊU CHÍ Tiêu chí 1

PI AD

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: THI NÓI MÔN TIẾNG ANH Ngậy thị: 28/10/2012 (Hưóng dẫn chấm gồm có: 01 trang)

ẠY

KÈ

Ghi chú: Thỉ sinh nói sai chủ đề, không cho điểm.

0.5 0.5

0.5

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 12 THPT CÁP TỈNH NĂM HỌC 2013- 2014

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TÌNH ĐÒNG THÁP

ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC

ĐỀ THI MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Ngày thiĩ 29/9/2013 Thời gian làm bài:180 phút (Không kể thời gian phải đề)

STT do giám thị ghi Giám thị 1:

Họ và tên thí sinh: Số báo danh:

Sô phách (Do HĐ chấm thi ghi)

Giám thị 2:

tnxờup (Ký tên - Ghi họ và tên)

Hội đồng coi thỉ:

Giám khảo 2

Tổng: X

LY M

__ ^ ^ _________ (Phần nảy dành cho hội đồng chấm thi)_______ Họ tên và chữ ký Điếm từng phẩn Điêm ?ài thi Đẳng số Đăng chữ Giám khảo 1 Câu A:............ Câu B:........... Câu C: Câu D:..........

PI AD

Hoc sinh lớp

Phòng thi

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- —

Số phách

STT do HĐ chấm thỉ ghi Số phách (Dơ ĨĨĐ phúc khảo ghi)

---------------------—

Điêm bài thi Bằng chữ Băng sô

Số phách (Do HĐ phúc khảo ghi)

CâuA:........... Câu B: Câu C:......... CâuD:..........

Tống:...........

Họ tên và chữ kỷ Giảm khảo 2 Giảm kháo ỉ

Điếm từng phân

_______ (Phần này dành cho hội đồng phúc khảoỳ

ẠY

KÈ

A. LISTENING: 30 MARKS Part 1: Listen to a man talking about the danger of smoking and decide if each of the following statements is true (T), false (F) or not mentioned (NM). Tick ( S) the correct boxes. 10 marks) F T NM STATEMENTS (1) It is estimated that 1-5 billion smokers around the world are suffering from lung cancer. (2) 4 out of 5 smokers wish to stop smoking but they are not able to do so. (3) In the us, smoking accounts for approximately 315,000 preventable deaths each year. (4) Smoking kills 7 times the number of people who die in automobile accidents. (5) Tobacco smoke has been recognised as a dangerous carcinogen for 40 years,

LY M

PI AD

Thi sinh không được viết vào phần cỏ ẹợch chéo

X -------

Part 2: Listen to a woman calling to book a table at a restaurant and fill each gap wUh ONE letter, word or number. (10 marks) The caller is requesting information about making a group booking. There will be up to (1) ____ people in the group. The group is eating on Friday, November (2)

__.

The restaurant usually offer a set menu for groups up to (3)____________people. The group has a couple of (4) some meat eaters, one person who needs gluten-free and another who is allergic to (5)

___________which costs (10)_____________ per person.

KÈ

menu (9)

There are (6) _ __ different menus. The basic menu costs (7)___________ per person. The restaurant does this menu for a (8 )___________ of 4 people. The most expensive option is

BOOKING FORM

ẠY

Part 3: Listen to the rest of the conversation between the woman and the man above and complete the bookingform. (10 marks)

NAME E-MAIL m TELN0 :(3> NUMBER OF EATERS :(4) Notes: Send (5)

by email. Receptionist Eric

PI AD LY M

1. Consumer goods are highly

nowadays. 1.

(competition)

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: 60 marks Part 1. Supply the correctform o f the word in parentheses. (10 marks)

has facilitated farming in that area, (machine)

. (rely)

3. We can’t trust that man; he is

Your answer

2. 3.

(enthusiasm)

4 Many companies know that attractive can 4. persuade customers to buy their goods, (package) 5. It’s impossible to visit all the tourist of Nha 5. Trang City within one day. (attract) 6. They all cheered as their team came out. 6.

7. The more an event is, the better it will be 7. remembered, (signify) 8. He didn’t pay the bill and now the electricity has been 8.

KÈ

. (connect)

9. He's so

! He iust can’t make up his mind. 9.

(decide)

meet our criteria will be 10. -

ẠY

10. Everyone whose considered, (qualify)

Part 2. In each of the following pieces of text, choose the best word from among the alternatives in bold italics. (10 marks) Your answer 1, 1. I am going to help your parents get you better. We won’t let you get any more ill, nor let you die, and nor will we let you get overweight, which I know is another doubưfear/objection you have. 2. “Here’s what to do. If the police ask you, just say you can’t 2. remember who bought you the drink. Say the place was full of rich tourists and it must have been one of them.” This plan/theoryA>iew seemed to please the boy, who grinned and said ‘Right. No problem.' 3

PI AD LY M

3. Inform air-traffic control that your aircraft has been taken over by 3. tourists and that you are changing course and proceeding to Cyprus. When you have done that, tell the passengers of this deveỉopmenưeffect/result and warn them not to make any stupid moves. 4. Even today, when it has been widely filmed and photographed, 4. Tibetan-style debating remains an astonishing spectacle, with its stamping, posturing and hand clapping. No outsider since Desideri had regularly taken part in this acưaction/actívity. 5. Pressure to get tough on international fossil thieves has grown 5. steadily, along with the prices collectors pay for top-grade specimens. The fact/issue/topic has come to head over a piece of moon rock now in the hands of a private collector in the us.

ẠY

KÈ

Part 3. Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. Write your answers (A, B, c, or D) in the space provided under this part. (18 marks) 1. The population problems in town have been_by mass tourism in the summer. A. augmented B. contributed c. developed D. exacerbated 2. These figures give you some idea of the cost o f____ your car for one year. A. maintaining B. controlling c. handling D. managing 3. Having considered the problem for a while, she thought better__ her solution. A. from B. than c. of D. to 4. It was impossible for her to tell the truth, so she had to a story. A. manage B. invent c. lie D. combine 5. Dave and I have____ to meet at the bus station at 9 o’clock. A. arranged B. appointed c. confirmed D. combined 6. Jeff seemed to be _ of remembering anything I told him. A. unable B. unwilling c. incapable D. inefficient 7 .1 had to pay__ on a carpet I bought in through the Customs yesterday. A. rates B. taxes c. fines D. duty 8. He decided to call the police_____ he’d witnessed the car accident. A. while B. until c. before D. as soon as 9 . _____ she was relaxed, she could cope better with her problems. A. At which point B. Now that c. Hardly D. While 10. Last year I went abroad for a month on a ________________tour. A. homesick B. home-grown c. home-stay D. home-made 4

PI AD LY M

Q 3

KÈ

Your answer: 1 2

11.1 believed that your success in the last exam resulted your hard work. A. on B. in c. from D. of 12.1 think the company should inform its customers the improvements in their services. A. about B. of c. on D. to 13. ______ more help, I could call my neighbour. A. Should I need B. Because I need c. Unless I need D. When I need 14. If I were the exam, he would be astonished. A. passed B. passing c. to be passed D.to pass 15. “Who was Tom with when you saw him?” - “He was his own.” A. in B. at c. on D. with 16.1 don’t of smoking in public places. It's not fair to non-smokers. D. appeal B. approve c. disapprove A. fond 17. How could you have him for your brother? D. mistaken A. confused B. considered c. thought 18. AIG for Asian Indoor Games. D. symbolizes A. stands B. explains c. makes

ẠY

Part 4: Use the correctform of each verb in parentheses. (12 marks) Every ten minutes, one species of animal, plant, or insect (1 )____ (die) out for ever. If nothing (2)_____ (do) about it, one million species that (3)______ (be) alive today (4)______ (become) extinct twenty years from now. Fortunately, somebody (5)_____ (try) to do something about it. In 1961, the World Wildlife Fund (6)_____ (found) - a small group of people who (7)______ (want) to raise money to save animals and plants from extinction. Today, the World Wildlife Fund (8)_____ (be) a large international organisation. It (9)_____ (raise) over £35 million for conservation projects, and (10)______ (give) support to National Parks in six continents. It (1 1 )_____ (help) 30 mammals and bừds including the tiger - to survive. Perhaps this is not much, but (12)_____ (be) a start. 5

PI AD LY M

Your answer:

Part 5. Complete the responses below by using the appropriate form of one of the phrasal verbs in the box. (ID marks)____________________ _____________________________________ cross out talk over give in take up break down do over break into run into come across point out Your answer A: D id you happen to see Helen last week? her while I was browsing in a bookstore 1. 1. B: Yes, I

2. 3.

KÈ

downtown. A: Didn ’t you fin d any books you liked? B: I did. Helen these book to me. A: It isn ’t polite to interrupt people while they ’re talking. Right? B: Right. You should never anyone’s conversation. A: Have you decided what you you ’vé going to study at college?

B: Well, I was wondering about painting at the College of 4. Fine Arts, but my parents wanted me to be a doctor. A: Why has that machine stopped operating? 5. B: It because someone tossed an old shoe into the feeder. A ’.D o we have to redo our report on Women’s Lib? B: Of course we must it unless we want to fail the 6.

ẠY

4. 5.

course. A: Where did you fin d that article about the Women *s Movement 7. in the mid 1900s? B:I it on a Website. A: How long did the movement last? 8. B: It continued for several decades until the government

to most of the women’s demands.

PI AD

Thỉ sinh không được viết vào phần có gạch chéo

LY M

A: Why did they eliminate the word “fem a le” from “fem ale doctors”?

B: I suppose they it because they thought it was unfair to women. A: r d like an answer to your violation o f wom en’s rights. 10. 10. B: Urn... could we discuss the question privately? at my house.

A:. A ll right. We ’11

c . READING: 50 MARKS

KÈ

Part 1: Read the following passage carefully and then choose the best option (A, By c, or Đ) to fit each space. (10 marks) Scientists used to believe that our 24-hour cycle of sleeping and waking was governed entirely by external factors. The most notable of these, they thought, were the rising and (1)____ of the sun. But they have now (2)___ that there is a daily rhythm to a (3)____ range of biological functions - including temperature, digestion and mental (4)____- which are regulated internally by a special time-keeping mechanism within the brain. The main function of this “body clock” is to anticipate and (5)___ for external changes so that, for example, body temperature starts to rise (6)___ dawn, gearing us up for the day, and begins to (7)___ in the early evening, winding us down for sleep. Some people’s body clocks (8)___ poorer time than others, which can greatly disturb their lives and even (9)___ their health. Insomnia, depression, fatigue, poor work performance and even accidents can all be (10)___ or aggravated by inaccurate body clocks. A. A. A. A. A. A. A. A. A. A.

ẠY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

descending established

wide operation

dispose beside fall keep risk put

B. B. B. B. B. B. B. B. B. B.

diving fixed various activity

scheme appropriately

reduce hold spoil formed

c. c c c. c c

c. c.

dipping

settled far process

steady around lessen support injure caused

D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D.

setting assured

grand occupation

prepare nearly subtract preserve threaten

made

PI AD 3

LY M

Your answer: 1 2

Part 2: Read the following passage and fill in each gap with one word o f which the first letter is given. (12 marks) Sports and Games A sport is a physical activity that people do for fun and as a way to (1) c_____ with others. People have enjoyed sports for (2) t_____ of years. Every sport has a set of rules that the players should follow.

In some sports one person competes against other (3) i_____ . Examples of these sports include boxing, wrestling, (4) g_____ , diving, long jump, and horseback riding. In team sports a group of people plays against another group, or team. A team may have as (5) / _____ as two members, or it may have many members. A basketball team has five. Eleven players make up a

(6) s______ team.

ẠY

KÈ

Sports can be amateur or professional. Amateur (7) a_____ do not get paid for participating in a sport, whereas professional ones play sports for money. In some (8) a_____ cultures, sports were a part of religious practices. Ancient Greeks played games to (9) h_____ their gods. Ancient Romans related athletic games to military skills, not religion. They did such sports as boxing, chariot racing, and (10) t_____ javelins. After ancient times people continued to play sports, but they were usually unorganised. Organised sports have been more (11) c_____ since the eighteenth century. People have created sets of rules for different sports and organizations to control (12) c______ . Your answer: 1

4 •

PI AD LY M

Part 3: Read the following passage and answer questions i-5. (10 marks) How Safe is a Cup of Tea?

People all over the world drink tea. It is a mild beverage which people enjoy in the morning when they start their day, and for years it has had a reputation for both safe and almost always beneficial, a drink which will give its consumer a lift without dangerous side-effects. It was a drink favoured by temperance organizations who saw far more to fear in alcoholic beverages. Now scientists are suggesting that tea may not be as safe as we had previously believed. Tea contains caffeine, and caffeine has been linked to sleeplessness, and to the unpleasant jumpy feeling some people get when stressed. More seriously, there is a link with miscarriages, and pregnant women are advised to reduce their intake of tea until theừ baby is bomCaffeine is found in tea, but it is a larger component of other drinks. Six hundred mg of caffeine is found in six cups of percolated coffee, eight cups o f instant coffee and 12 cups of medium

strength tea. Chocolate drinks contain about 30 mg of caffeine per glass so it takes 20 glasses to

reach 600 mg. The comparison demands that we know how strong ‘medium strength’ tea actually is, but medium strength to one person is weak to another. It would, of course, be possible to devise an objective test which prescribed the exact amount of tea in the pot, the time taken for it to brew, and the differing effects of adding (or not adding) milk or lemon. Most tea drinkers would rightly regard this as a foolish waste of time, and would continue to judge the strength o f the tea they

KÈ

drink by its colour.

Many people who drink a lot of tea solve the problem by drinking a beverage from which

the caffeine has been removed, decaffeinated tea, but others claim that it simply doesn’t taste

right. The sensible course is probably one of moderation: continue to enjoy your cup of tea, but

ẠY

don’t enjoy too many!

Answer the questions 1-5 by choosing the appropriate letter Ay By Cy or D. 1. Tea used to be considered as____ A. beneficial in moderation. B. beneficial in all situations, c. more dangerous than alcohol. D. less dangerous than alcohol. 2. Scientists say tea may be dangerous because i t ____ A, contains caffeine. c . reduces miscarriages.

B. makes all its drinkers nervous, D. irritates babies.

3. There is more caffeine in tea than____ A. instant coffee.

B. chocolate drinks,

c. percolated coffee.

D. cola drinks. 9

PI AD

------------------------------—

LY M

4. Tea drinkers usually access the strength of tea by A. its colour. B. how long it is brewed. c. its milkiness. D. a measured amount. 5. The author suggests the best solution is to drink B. instant coffee. A. decaffeinated tea. c. tea in moderation. D. no tea at all. Your answer:

KÈ

Part 4: Read the following passage and answer questions 1-6, (18 marks) The Efficient Reader Experts on reading skills will disagree on the best ways for a student to improve theừ reading speed. The problem seems to be that the purpose for reading varies from situation to situation, and any advice for students needs to take into account theừ particular context. As well as the impact of the purpose for reading, a reader may encounter certain linguistic features in a text that provide valuable shortcuts in absorbing the text’s information. With newspaper, for example, an experienced reader will focus on pictures, headlines, and boxes which contain reports. This techniques is termed ‘skimming’ and is used by reader who already knows what they want to read, and has predicted the text’s contents.

ẠY

Texts may be classified by type or genre, and some may be more familiar than others. Text types include:__________________________________ ____________________________ • puzzles and rules for games • letters and postcards • timetables • magazine advertisements • exam dữections • newspaper reports • visual information such as graphs, maps and • newspaper ‘human interest’ stories diagrams • form guides for sporting events • comics • online texts • official reports, procedures, rules • email and SMS messages • poems and novels

Most experts agree that an efficient reader will find the information he or she needs, and ignore irrelevant information. This assumes that the reader already knows what is relevant and

PI AD LY M

what is not. This knowledge depends very much on the reader’s age, level of maturity, familiarity with his/her culture, and prior reading experience.

The type of text will also require more or less attention to details. Newspaper articles often put the topic or ‘gist’ of the story at the beginning, while die remainder of the report fills in the details. On the other hand, poems require that every phrase or word is considered for its connotative meaning. Academic texts often require the reader to follow a detailed analysis or argument. He/she should also be able to see connections between ideas, on a sentence and a paragraph level. The learner should also apply his/her own knowledge to interpret the text. For visual information like graphs, the reader should interpret the symbols used to encode the information; in other words, the reader should ‘translate’ visual symbols into words and sentences.

ẠY

KÈ

The best advice is: practice with texts you are most likely to encounter at university. Answer questions 1-6 by choosing the appropriate letter A, B, c, or D 1. The passage's main purpose is to____ A give advice on reading quickly B present research ideas on what makes a good teacher c prove that reading careiully depends on text type and purpose D show that text types determine reading methods. 2. The passage points out that_____ A rapid reading is essential for successful university study B students who read more slowly are more successful at university study c reading speed is determined by the purpose for which one reads D students who read intensively are more successful.

3. The efficient reader_____ A knows a wide range of text types c reads slowly

B D

4. The efficient reader_____ A relates his/her own knowledge to the text B reads intensively a wide range of texts c reads newspapers as well as academic journals D reads slowly. 5. The efficient reader

reads quickly finds relevant information.

PI AD LY M

X —

A uses the way a text is constructed to assist comprehension Đ can understand a text from headings and subheadings c takes notes using all the headings and subheadings D checks all unknown vocabulary in a dictionary. 6. The most conclusive advice for improving reading is_____ A practice reading a wide range of texts Đ decide what you need to read and practise c decide what material on a reading list is relevant D read intensively as well as extensively.

Your answer:

as well as such as in contrast also

KÈ

as a result of because of when in addition

D. WRITING: 60 marks Part la: Place the words from the box below into the foiiowing table under the approprừứe

Time expressions

otherwise for example so although

Adding an additional idea

ẠY

Giving an example

despite However sừnỉlarly therefore

subsequently due to recently result in

introducing an opposite idea

Cause and cffeet and result

PI AD

LY M

X ---------

ẠY

KÈ

Part lb: Use words and phrases from the box/table above to fill in the gaps in the passages below. Some words or phrases may be used more than once. There may be more than one possible way to link the sentences. (10 marks) Computer breakdown may be caused by a number of factors, ( 1 ) ____ the age of the hardware, human error, or computer viruses. Viruses are usually introduced into an office computer system through infected disks, CDs or downloaded material from the internet. Disks and CDs are often brought into an office by staff, who may be copying office files. These are (2)____ downloaded into theừ personal computer at home. Theữ personal computers may contain viruses which copy themselves on any new disk or CD inserted into the machine. Although most computers today contain anti-virus software which would detect viruses and alert the user, material downloaded from the internet or sent as an attachment by email may still (3)____ a virus. Computer viruses have become a threat to the integrity of data stored in personal computers (4)____ large mainframes in corporate and government institutions. The industry is fighting back; (5 )____ the prevalence of these viruses, anti-virus software has been developed and can be installed at low cost. (6)____ , it is still necessary to regularly update the software as new viruses develop and the old software is unable to protect computer hard drives from becoming infected. It is an ongoing battle, for as fast as the technology to combat a virus is developed, a new virus is created. The power of the computer is certainly worth defending. Computerised databases provide workers in an organisation with the information they need (7)____ they need it. Computer networks allow the free flow of information from not only one part of an organization too another, but aiso globally, ( 8 )____ new information can be quickly assimilated and stored for possible use ỉater. Computerised databases are invaluable in the field of medical health. In a hospital, (9) ____ , a database for information on diseases, drugs and other records will be invaluable to a doctor trying to diagnose many different cases. So we can see that (10)____ their power, computer systems are highly vulnerable. Your answer: 2 4 5 3 r 1

LY M

PI AD 2. She gave a friendly smile and waved goodbye.

She smiled

1. Mary didn’t listen to the weather forecast carefully.

Part 2: Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the sentence printed before it (10 marks)

3 .1 didn’t know about John’s departure. 4. This is a ‘‘No smoking” office.

You are

I didn't know that

5. The boy wasn’t allowed to have any friends, so he became an introvert.

Deprived

6. The sore throat prevented the man from speaking clearly.

KÈ

7. That supermarket offers an on-line shopping service. There is

8. We’ve missed the last bus so there's no point in waiting.

ẠY

It isn’t worth

9 .1

think Tutankhamun was possibly murdered by a member of his own family.

Tutankhamun’s murderer

10. People say that teenagers today look, talk, act, and think differently from theừ parents because different tilings influence every generation. It

PI AD LY M

Part 3: Essay writing. (30 marks) Write about the following topic in 250 words. Give reasons for your answer and include any

ẠY

KÈ

Your essay:

THE END.

ẠY M

KÈ Y

Q H

N Ơ N

LY M

PI AD

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 12 THPT CẮP TỈNH ỈVĂM HỌC 2013 - 2014

HƯỚNG DẢN CHẤM ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Ngày thỉ: 29/9/2013

PI AD

(Hướng dẫn chấm gồm có: 04 trang)

30 marks Part ì: 10.0 marks {ĩ,0ms for each) l.NM 2. T 13. F

4. F

1.20 6. several /4

4. vegetarians 9. J

LY M

2. 16th 7. £25

5. peanuts 10. £40

3.25 8. minimum

Part 3: 10.0 marks (2.0ms for eac

1. Hannah Bailey 2. hb0470@freemail.com 3.01793211873 4. between 15 and 20 (15-20) 5. the menus

5. T

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMA 3 :

4. packaging 5.attractions 9. indecisive lO.qualifications

Part 1. 10,0 marks (1.0m for each) 1.competitive 2.Mechanisation 3. unreliable 6. enthusiastically 7. significant 8. disconnected Part 2. 10.Q marks {2T0ms for each)

2. plan

I. fear

ị 3. development

KÈ

Part 3.18,0 marks (1 for each) 1. D 7. D 2. A 8. D 3. c 9. B 4. B 10. c 5. A 11.c 6. c 12. B

13. A 14. D

15. c

ẠY

4, activity

16. B 17. D 18. A

Part 4: 12,0 marks (1,0 for each) 1. dies 5. is trying 2. is done 6. was founded 3. are 7. wanted 4. will have become 8. is I

9. has raised 10. has given 11. has helped 12. is

Part 5. 10,0 marks (1.0 for each) 1. ran into 2.pointed... out 3. break into 6* do... over 7. came across 8. gave in

4. taking up 5. broke down 9.crossed... out 10. talk... over

Part 1: 10,0 marks (1,0 for each) 1. D

2. D

3. A

4. B

5. D

7. A

6. c

Part 2: 12,0 marks (L0 for each) 1. compete 5. few 2. thousands 6. soccer 3. individuals 7. athletes 4. gymnastics 8. ancient

8. A

PI AD

aamnas:50 marks 9. D

10. c

LY M

9. honour/honor 10. throwing 11. common 12. competitions

Psirt 3: 10,0 marks (2,0 for each) Ỉ.D 2. A 13. B

4. A

Part 4:18.0 marks (3,0 for each) 1. D 2. c 3. D

4. A

5. A

6.B

D. WRITING|: 60 marks Part la: 10,0 marks (0.5 for each) (living an example

U Q

when subsequently recently

KÈ

such as for example

Time expressions

Adding Jin additional Idea in addition as well as also similarly

ẠY

Part lb: 10,0 marks (1,0m for each) 1. for example 2. subsequently 3. result in /such as 6. However 7. when 8. so Part 2:10,0 marks (1,0m for each) 1. Mary paid little attention to the weather forecast 2. She smiled in a friendly way and waved goodbye. 3 .1 didn’t know that John had left.

Inlroriucmi’ iin opposite idea in contrast despite However otherwise although

Cause and effect and result as a result of because of therefore so due to result in

4. as well as

5. because of

9. for example

10. despite

4. You are not permitted/allowed to smoke in this office. 5. Deprived o f having friends, the boy became an introvert. 6. If the man hadn’t had a sore throat, he could have spoken clearly. 7. There is an offer o f an on-line shopping service from that supermarket. 8. It isn’t worth waiting because/since/as we ’vé missed the last bus.

PI AD

9. Tutankhamun’s murderer must have been a member o f his own family. 10. It is said that that teenagers today look, talk, act, and think differently from their parents because every generation is influenced by different things. P a rt 3: Essay writings (30 m arks)

Introduction: 3,0ms - Intro - sentence - Topic to argue - Thesis Body: at least 2 paragraphs (easy to follow and coherent) 4,0ms - Argument for - Argument against Or. - Argument for (side 1) - Argument for (side 2) 1,0m Conclusion: at least 2 sentences (To sump up, In conclusion, ...) At least 2 correct / suitable ideas with supporting / explanation / example for each paragraph.

CONTENT

Example:

LY M

FORM

Para 1: Intro sentence (for) Topic sent 1, supporting, explanation, or example Topic sent 2, supporting, explanation, or example Para 2: Intro sentence (for) Topic sent 1, supporting, explanation, or example Topic sent 2, supporting, explanation, or example - Appropriate vocabulary and connector - Correct grammar and spelling TOTAL

KÈ

LANGUAGE

1,0m 3,0ms 3,0ms 1,0m 3,0ms 3,0ms 4,0ms 4,0ms 30,0ms

SAMPLE

Introduction:

ẠY

We could argue that children so to school to study so that they can become fully productive adults and good citizens and ask whether the Internet helps children to become better people.

Body:

No sensible person will deny that it is importantfor students to study hard. + There are so many obligatory subjects at school such as maths, physics, chemistry, biology, literature, English, and so on. It is very important that the schools offer a wide range o f subjects to cater all the students in their care. + the school is preparing the students for life and for the workforce. .1

However, it is also true that students need more than the knowledge given by their

PI AD

teachers. + They need to die further into the issues they are learning at school or know more about the world. Where better to learn these than on the Internet? Thanks to the Internet search engines, students can easily acquire the information they need in a wink. + Studying on the Internet is fun. Students can sign up into forum s or chat rooms, where they can have a say o f almost anything. It is argued that chatting on the Internet is a waste o f time. In fact, by discussing a certain topic with many o f their friends around the world, student chatters can not only understand the topic thoroughly from different points o f view, but they can improve their computer skills as well.

LY M

Conclusion: although school studies are undeniable important. we should regard time spent learning on the Internet as time well spent.

THE END

ẠY

KÈ

* Lưu ý: Khuyên khích tính sáng tạo của học sinh, học sinh làm bài theo cách khác so với hướng dan chấm nếu đảm bảo tỉnh logic, đúng chính tả, đủng cẩu trúc ngữ pháp thì van cho điểm tổì đa.

SỞ GIẢO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYỀN HSG LỚP 12 THPT Dự THI CÁP QUOC GIA NẨM HỌC 2013 - 2014

ĐÈ THI MÔN: TIẾNG ANH (Ngày thi: 26/10/2013) Thời gian làm bài: 180 phút (Không kể thời gian phát đề)

ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC

_________ V

STT do giám thị ghi Ho và tên thí sính:

Giám thi 1:

Số báo danh;

Phòng thi

So phach

vjiam t n Ị

trường

(Dỡ HĐ chấm thi ghì)

(Ký tên - Ghi họ và tên)

Hội đồng coi thi;

nàv dành cho liuỉ đồ lift chấm Itlij Điêm ?ài thi Họ tên và chữ ký Băng sô Băng chữ Giám khảo [

__________________<H i ỉ i n

Điêm từng phân

Sô phách

LY M

Câu A:............ Câu B:........... CâuC:......... CâuD:..........

PI AD

Học sinh lớp

STT do HĐ châm thỉ ghi

Giám khảo 2

Tồng:............

Sô phách

(Do HĐ phúc khào ghì)

X ------------------------- :----------------------------------

Câu A:............. Câu B:............. Cảu C:............ Câu D:.............

ẠY

KÈ

Tons:

Họ tên v à chữ ký Giám khảo 2

Giảm khãờ ỉ

Điêm bài thi Bâng sô Bâng chữ

__________ (Phần này dành cho h ội dồng p h ú c khảo ì Điêm từng phân

Số phách (Do HĐ phúc khảo ghi)

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

P a rt 1: Questions 1 - 1 0 Circle the correct letter A-C. 1. Jenny's journey began in A. London. B. Singapore.

c. Hong Kong.

LY M

I. LISTENING: (3points)

Complete the form. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.

Lost luggage CLAIM FORM

Jenny Lee [ 2 ]........................................... Si.t Riverside [3 ]........................................... Flight OA 392 Flight [4]......................

Name: Address: Telephone number: Arrived on: Connecting from:

ẠY

KÈ

Circle the correct letter A-C. 5. Which of the drawings resembles Jenny's bag?

Page 2 o f 16 * V2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

6. W h ic h extra feature does Jenny identify?

B. wheels

c. a metal handle

LY M

A. black colour

7. W hat time should Jenny's bag arrive?

A. 5:50 pm

B. 6:10 pm

c . 7:50 pm

Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for the answer. When Jenny picks up the bilg, she has lo [8] ...................................................in person. Name TWO things that the agent advises Jenny to bring.

9 ........................ ........................ . ................ .

1 0 ......... ............... .............................

A. How to bccom c a good journalist

Part 2: Questions 11 - 20 Listen to part of a conversation between a student and a professor. Ỉ 1. (Question I) What is this conversation moslly about?

B. Registering for courses and completing tlie ncccssnry requirements for a major C- Securing a job at a university D. How to take proper notes during a lecture 12. (Question 2) Why is it better that the student tiikc another science class? A. The student wants to be a sciencc major.

B. T h e professor likes science.

KÈ

c. The student does not have lo take mass communication. D. The student needs two scicncc classes in order to mcel the graduation requirement. 13. (Question 3) What can be interred from the conversation? A- It is a good idea to keep your end goal in mind when registering for classes. B. Journalism is the best choice of majors ill collcge. c. Professors are not very good at advising students. D. Science classes should always be taken first.

ẠY

Listen to the conversation, iiiid nil in the blanks to complete Hie conversation notes. 14. Student visits professor f o r .........................................................

15. Wants t o ...............................................next semester's classes Professor asks about hours 16. Wants to know............................................... 17. Student wants to finish ill............................................... 18. Student wants to t a k e ........................................................

Botli discuss classcs 19. StudenL has not taken a prerequisite............................................... 20. Student needs to ........... .......................... .................

Page 3 ol'If) * V2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào pliần ô chừa trổng này

LY M

c gaining course credit for festival project D has made films E enrolled in Media Studies

F w o rk s as a journalist

G has film club experience

B. the International Students' Society c. independent distributors 26. During the intermission, who is interviewed on camera? A. journalism students B. members of the audience c. the organising committee

27 O f the films shown in the f e s t i v a l ,................... A. none is in English.

ẠY

KÈ

B. most are dubbed. c. many have subtitles. 28. The festival did not make a profit last year because of ............. A. poor weather, B. high price of admission, c lack of publicity. Complete llie following using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.

INTERNATIONAL FILM FESTIVAL Planning Overview To be completed by: 1 M arch

. obtain sponsorship andadvertising .3 0 ................................................. . print and distributeposters

15 March 31 March April

Task: . 2 9 ................................... .......................

Page -) of 16 * V2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

LY M

II. LEXICO - GRAMMAR: (7 points)

It never....................

ẠY

KÈ

34.

3 1.......... ............................

3 6 ........................................................ 4 1 .................................

3 2.... ...................... 37..................... 33. .............. 38. ........................ 34 ......................... 39. .............. ........

42................................. 43................................. 44........................ ......

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

I b feels that this com bination suits [O him very well as it allows him the beta crfb o th th ệ worlds M o nday to F rid ay he leads a regular life, gelling up early, travelling to work and returning home

themselves ill private parties, w eddings and clubs, in this w ay

46.............................

4 7 .............................

48.........................

49......................... 50......................... 51.........................

in the evening to be his wife and children. He regards playing in the street as a way of advertising the jazz band People stop to listen and often ask it if the bflnd is Tor hire. They get. asked to play

LY M

ihey can earn up enough money to pay for theft* sirect licence, which COSTS quite a l o t !n the summer months, however, when there are more lhan tourists flmund, the band tlocs quite well financially According to Josef, sunshine makes people more

52...........................

53.......................... 54.............................

55......................... 56..........................

57.........................

where people are sitting and outside enjoying ft drink or a meal. Go those occasions, people do like to ait for ạgeS; listening to

58.......................... 59..........................

good music, eating, drinking arid chnitĩrtỉ’ 101Iteir most friends.

60........................

generous, especially that irIho band can piny in a town square

Pari 3: Write the correct I'DltM of Mich brncltvlcii word in thenumbered spacesprovided in the

c o l u m n nil (lie r ig ht , ( 0) lists Ỉ1CC11 d o n e n s ail c x n n i p l c .

IN A CLASS OF YOUR OWN Like any form of (0. E D U C A TE ), the self-taught course lias its advantages as well as its (6 ] DRAW)

0. education 61..........................

62......................... 63..........................

KÈ

On the one hand, you are (62. AUTONOMY); no classroom, no timetable and so no risk of qetting a bad (63. AT'TEND) record. You are able to study at your own pace, at home, in ihe car or

wherever your Walkman lakes you On the other hand, can you really trust yourself to be (64 SUFFICE) motivated without some

64 .

form of external stimulus?

ẠY

I procrastinated (65. DREAD) before beginning my firsi Spanish

course t made cofTee, did dom estic chores that were anything bui

(66. PRESS); I even watched daytime television But, once Ỉ got Started, I found the course surprisingly engaging The multimedia

formats, colourful textbooks and (67 IMAGINE) teaching methods

66.

nil draw niu in to th e e vià iL -ru u ii Ủ I'leiĩim in y ;i IK'VV language.

Ofcourse, if your aim is (68, EXPERT) in 1he language, untiling can beai actually go ini’ to [he country concerned, Rill 1 111:1-1iie-dcick

68,

(69. IMMERSE) is clearly always going to be more effective than ihe

69.

odd hnlf hour with a set oFtape* 13tJi that odd halt'hour will give you an (70 VALUE) head start when you slep nut onio (he streets

.............

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

LY M

Part 4: Supply the correct form of the VERBS ill block capitals in brackets to complete the passage. W r it e y o u r answ ers III the sp a cc p ro v id e d below the passage.

Thieves (71. BREAK) ........................into the Van Gogh Museum in Amsterdam, Holland for many years. The museum (72. BE) ........................ a treasure house of the artist Vincent Van Gogh's paintings. His works (73, SELL)........ ............... at record prices in recent years. A year ago a Japanese company (74. BUY )........................Van Gogh's Portrait of Doctor Gachet for US$82.5 million (S$ 143.3

million). His world famous 'Sunflowers' (75. F E T C H ).........................a skyrocketing price as well. Yet, during his short, tragic life, the passionate and visionary artist only managed to sell one of his paintings.

The stunning prices paid for his works (76. ATTRACT) ........................ art thieves There (77 BE) ....................... four major thefts; twenty paintings worth hundreds of million of dollars (78 STEAL) ................... Fortunately, they (79. RECOVER) ................ from the thieves’ getaway car. It seemed that the two thieves (80. LEAVE)........................their getaway car near a railway station on the

eastern outskirts o f Amsterdam.

ẠY

KÈ

Part 5: Fill in each blank with a suitable PREPOSITION. Write your answers in the numbered blanks provided below the passage. Reginald Andrews, 29, was standing (81) ................ the subway platform under 14th Street, waiting for the train to take him back home. His train pulled (82) ................ the station, and suddenly Andrew's thoughts were interrupted (8 3 )................a crisis. David Schnair, 75, a blind war veteran, had fallen (8 4 )................two carriages and was lying (8 5 ).................... the rails. (8 6 )..................... less than no time, Andrews climbed down (8 7 )................ the platform, and he pulled Schnair (8 8 ).................. of danger just as the train was about to move. Neither suffered more than a few cuts and bruises President Reagan saw the rescue story (89) .............. a newspaper. He rang Andrews to congratulate him (9 0 ).................... his courageous action and offer him a big sum of money as a reward.

Your answer: 81 .

86.

82. 83. ............................... 84. ........................ 85................................

87. 88. 89 90.

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

. . . .

96. 97. 98. 99. 100.

Your answer: 91....... ........................ 92. 93. .......................... 94 95 ...........................

LY M

III. READING: (4 points)

Part 1: Choose the words that best fit each of the blanks in the following passage. Circle A, B, c , or D to indicate your answer. TEDDY BEARS

The history of the teddy bear goes back no further lhan 1903. tn that year. B cartoon (101)

...................... in an American newspaper showing, President Theodore (Teddy) Roosevelt (Ì02)

....................... to shoot a bear cub on a hunting expedition Soon after this, an enterprising toy shop

owner in New York made some toy bears and (103)

them in his shop window with a sign

that (104) ................... 'Teddy's bear'. These bears proved to be so popular thtit they soon sold (105J

and it wasn’t long before a factory was established lo (106) great {107) for these new toys.

advantage of the

KÈ

At nboul the sam e tim e, the S te if fto y factory in G erm any had introduced a (108) ...........................

ẠY

of soft toys, made (109) mohair and wood shavings, with movable heads and limbs (110) Ihe popularity of icddy bears in the USA, SieiiT decided to (ĩ I !) ... making these as well and they were modeled (112) the real bears in Stuttgart zoo. It is these early Stein bears that are now most eagerly sought (113) ......... by collcciurs. These days, teddy bears art a good investment for people who want to sell them years later at a

much ( t l 4 ) ....... pricc. However, it’s obvious that most teddy bear lovers collect them for (115) ..................rather than profit

101. A. remarked 102. A. defending 103. A. introduced

104. A. said 105. A. out 106. A. take

B. approached B. reversing B. published B. wrote B. up B, find

c appeared c. denying c. demonstrated c spoke c. off c. make _Pngc 8 ol' 16 * V2

D D D D D. D.

reported refusing displayed named away get

D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D.

request range out of Since begin in for higher pleasure

LY M

c. demand c. kind c. up for c. Although c. set c. with c. after c. heavier c. choice

order chain down from As put at to harder purpose

B. B. B. B. B, B B. B. B.

107. A. claim 108. A. grade 109. A. along with 110. A. Given 111. A. enter 112. A. on 113. A. through 114. A. hotter 115. A. charm

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

organizations or get a place in a hostel, which gives them board for up to ten weeks

But who arc these people" riinsc seekinc, a roof over their heads are mostly not runaways but ’throwaways' - people who have been thrown out of their homes or forced to leave because of parental

divorce, an unsympathetic step-parent or one o f Inull V other reasons. Take the case of one six teen-year-old schoolgirl we shall call Alice. She did not come from a poor

ẠY

KÈ

home and had just passed her exams with I.LOOCỈ results. The Shelter team met her in an overnight hostel where she was sittiiiL' down doing her Physics homework. It turned oat that her parents had thrown her out of her home tor no other reason that she wanted to do Science Advanced Level exams - which her parents refused her permission to do, saying that sciences were unladylike! Shelter says that the Government’s laws do nothing to help these youngsters. Rising rents, a shortage of cheap housing and a cut in benefits for young people under the age of twenty-five are causing a national problem, according to Shelter. The recent changes in the benefit laws mean that someone aged between sixteen and twenty-five gets less than older people and they can only claim state help if they prove that they left home for a good reason. Shelter believes that because of the severe cuts in benefits to young people, more and more are being forced to sleep on the streets. Shelter also points out that if you are homeless, you can't get a job because employers will not take on someone without a permanent address; and if you can't get a job, you are homeless because you don't have any money to pay for accommodation. It's an impossible situation. 116. According to a recent report by Shelter, it appears th a t................... A. nearly 150,000 young people are living out ill the open. B young homeless people live in places like cardboard city. c. more and more young people all over the world are finding themselves homeless. D. hostels are too full to offer accommodation to homeless young people.

Page 9 o f l 6 * V2

PI AD

B. they do nor want to live with a divorced parent.

c . circumstances make it im possible for them lo live at home.

LY M

! 17, Most young people find themselves without a roof over their heads because............... A. they have run away from home.

D. they have thrown away any chancc of living at home by behaving b;idly ] 18. Why was Alice turned out of her home? A. She didn't want to study lor her Advanced Level oxiims B- She had noL obtained high marks in her exams c. She refused to do her homework in the evenings. D. Her parents didn't agree with what she wanted to do. 119. According to the text, what arc benefits? A. gifts of food and clothing B. laws about distributing money c. subsidies for those in need. D. extra wages lor part-time workers !20. The changcs in the system o f benefits mean th at................ A. young people cannot claim money unless Ihcy arc under sixteen or over twcniy-live. B. anyone under iwcnty-fivc and not living 111 home will rcccivc help with food and accommodation. c. young people do not rcccivc as much money iis lliosc over twenty-five. D. Ihe under twenty-fives can claim money only if they have left home.

121. According to Shelter, OI1CC young people have been to recti onto the s t r e e t s , ................... A. they will find it difficult to find work.

B. their benefits will be severely cut. c. they will never go back liomc again. D. they will cncourage their friends to do tile s;jme.

122. T h e articic has been written t o .........................

KÈ

A. help Shelter solve the problems of the homeless. B. increase awareness of the problems lacing younu people, c. warn young people not to be too eager to leave home. D. persuade the governm ent to take action to help the young.

ẠY

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

------------------------------------------- ----------- ------- ---------------------------- ----------------------- ---

LY M

Printing presses had not improved m uch since their invention by G utenberg in 1440. New spapers in the colonies were printed on w o o d presses w ith a lever-operated screw to lower the platen to the bed o f

ẠY

KÈ

the press. An apprentice would apply ink to the wooden type with a wool ball on a stick. Each lowering of the platen had to be performed manually, with a top speed of about 200 impressions per hour. By the middle of the 1750s, newspapers were starting to play an important role in giving voicc to the growing antagonism toward British rule and in stirring up the drive toward independence. Opinions that formerly were distributed in pamphlets began to find a home in newspapers. The Declaration of Independence, signed on July 4, 1776, appeared two days later in the Philadelphia Evening Post. Some of the leaders of the Constitutional Convention in 1789, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton, and John Jay, attempted to win public support for their views by publishing (lie Federnlist Papers in two newspapers. 123 The word accounts in Ihe passage is closest in m eaning t o ........................ A. performances B. records c. explanations D. occurrences 124. According to paragraph 3, the New England Courant was important because........... A. it was the first newspaper to include political and social commentary B. it was edited by Benjamin Franklin's older brother c it contained news from London D. it included letters from other colonies 125 The word many in the passage refers t o ................. A. friends B. satirical essays c. current events D, readers 126, According to paragraph 6, all of the following are true of apprentices EXCEPT: A. They were male.

B. They sometimes ran away. c. They became apprentices at age ten. D. They were apprentices until age twenty one. Pilge 11 o n 6 * V2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

LY M

D. T h e British did not permit freedom o i ' Clio press. 129. The author mentions the Federalist Papers in paragraph 8 ill Older t o ................

A. give an example of how newspapers were used lo influence public opinion B. show where the Declaration of Independence was published c. describe articles published in the Philadelphia Evening Post D. note a pamphlet that appeared ill a newspaper 130. Directions: An introductory sentence lor a brief summary of the passage is provided below. Complete the summary by selecting the THREE answer choices that express the most important ideas in the passage. Some answer choices do not belong ill the summary because they express ideas that are not in the passage or arc minor ideas in the passage. Newspapers in colonial America grew slowly hilt hcciinic very influential in socicty. Answer Choices A. The second newspaper appeared fourteen years after the first. B. Newspapers received letters from around the colonies. c . Newspapers bccamc popular when they began to print social and political commentary. D. The newspaper industry was sustained by an apprentice system. E. Wood printing presses could make 200 impressions per hour. F. Newspapers were crucial in supporting the move toward independence from Britain.

ẠY

KÈ

I’ iific 12 o f If) * V2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

IV. WRITING: (6 points)

Part 1: Finish each of the following sentences ill sucli a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it.

LY M

M i l can remember an equati) Ỉ ; : ! IOUS- incident.

1 can remember an incident just . ......................................................................................... 1‘12 Because there Was a late frost, milch of the fruit crop was spoiled.

A frost, ....................... ....................... ........................."............................................................ 143 1 donrl understand I.me word o f Ihis vvrcỉciicd report.

I can't make head..................................................... .................................................................. 144. Our car really needs servicing, doesn't it? Our car really m ust..................................................................................................................... 145. It's a pity that you wrote that letter. I 'd .......... ............. ................ ................................................................................................

147. Tim looks nothing like his father. ( T A K E )

148. The new cinema will be built as long as the council agrees to our plans for extra car parking space. (SUBJECT)

149. There are very few opportunities for Tim to play the saxophone these days. (GET)

KÈ

150 The staff in that office all have great respect for their boss. (LOOK) Part 3: The two pie charts below show changes ill world population by region between 1900 and

ẠY

2000.

Summarise the information by choosing and reporting the key features, and make any relevant comparisons. You should write about 150 words.

Page 13 o f ] 6 * V2

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viêt vào phân ô chừa trông này

LY M

P o p u la tio n 19Q0: 1.600 m illion

' E Asia

□ Europe (including Russia)

□ Latin America 0 Others_______________J

ẠY

KÈ

■ North America 0 Africa

World Population 2000: 6 billion E3Asia □ Europe (including Russia)

■ North A m erica E Africa □ Latin America B Middle East and North Africa

n Others

I___ __ _______________________

Part 4: Write about the following topic:

LY M

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

ẠY

KÈ

We live today in an electronic information age. It is easier to be connected by technology yet many people seem no closer lo feeling happy in their lives. Disatss. Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant ideas from your own knowledge or experience. You should write 250 —300 words.

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần ô chừa trống này

TH E END

ẠY

Đề thi có 16 trang; Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm.

Page 16 o f 16 * V2

MÃ ĐÈ 1: Attitudes to family

In what ways have families in your country changed in recent years?

Q uestion 01

PI AD

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

LY M

You have 10 minutes to think what you are going to say. You should prepare notes instead of full sentences and try to SPEAK as naturally as possible . Your talking time should not exceed 5 minutes. Good luck!

MÃ ĐỀ 2: Travelling and learning Question 02

What do people learn from travelling?

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

You have 10 minutes to think what you are going to say. You should prepare notes instead o f full sentences and try to SPEAK as naturally as possible. Your talking time should not exceed 5 minutes. Good luck!

ẠY

KÈ

Question 03

MÃ ĐỀ 3: Attitudes to education

How has education changed in your country in the last ten years? Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

You have 10 minutes to think what you are going to say. You should prepare notes instead o f full sentences and try to SPEAK as naturally as possible. Your talking time should not exceed 5 minutes. Good luck!

MÃ ĐỀ 4: Education and technology

Question 04

PI AD

How important is it for schools to have computers for their students? Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

MÃ ĐẺ 5: Tastes in reading

LY M

You have 10 minutes to think what you are going to say. You should prepare notes instead o f full sentences and try to SPEAK as naturally as possible. Your talking time should not exceed 5 minutes. Good luck!

Question 05

Do you think it is important for people to read a lot? Why (not)?

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

ẠY

KÈ

You have Ỉ0 minutes to think what you are going to say. You should prepare notes instead o f full sentences and try to SPEAK as naturally as possible. Your talking time should not exceed 5 minutes. Good ỉuckỉ

.SỞ GIẢO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TƯYẺN HSG LỚP 12 THPT D ự THI CẤP QUỐC GIA NĂM HỌC 2013 - 2014

HƯỚNG DẢN CHÁM ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIÉNG ANH Ngày thi: 26/10/2013 (Hướng dẫn chấm gồm có 05 trang)

PI AD

SUGGESTED ANSWERS of ĐÈ Vòng 2 ngày 27/10/2013 I. LISTENING: (3 points / 0.1 for each right answer)

Parti: I .c Ố.B

3.93014269 4. C X / Cathay Pacific 912 5. c 9. passport, key, ticket 10. baggage claim number (any two)

2. 533 East / E 67(th) 7. A 8. clear customs

LY M

Part 2: II. B 12. D 13. A 14. her appointment 15. sign up for 16. when student would like to graduate, 17. four years, 18. 15 credit hours 19. mass communication class 20. take science class

24. c 25. A 26. B 27. B 28. A 30. design program

21. G 22. A 23. 29. select films

Part 3:

47. the 52. themselves 57. that

KÈ

Part 2: 46. to 51.it 56. s

II. LEXICO - GRAMMAR: (7points / 0.1 for each right answer) Parti: 31. A 32. D 33. c 34. A 35. c 36. B 37. B 38. c 39. A 40. c 41. c 42. A 43. B 44. A 45. A

62. autonomous 67. imaginative

ẠY

Part 3: 61. drawbacks 66. pressing

48. s 53. up 58. and

49. be 5 4 .^ 59. do

63. attendance 68. expertise

72. is 76. have attracted 79. were recovered

Part 5: 81. on 86. In

83. by 88. out

Part 4: 71. have been breaking 75. has fetched 78. had been stolen / were

82.into 87. onto

50. s 55. than 60. most

64. sufficiently 69. immersion

73. have been sold 77. had been / were 80. left

84. between 89. in

65. dreadfully 70. invaluable

74. bought

85. across 90. on

Part 6: Page 1 of 7 * Đáp án đề thi HSG Đồng Tháp V2 * ngày 26/10/2013 * Năm học 2013-2014

92. a 97. the

93. the 98. the

94. the 99. the

95. the 100.0

III. READING: (4 points / 0.1 for each right answer) Part 1: 102. D 101. c 103. A 104. A 106. A 107. c 108. D 109. D 111. D 112. A 113.D 114. D

105. A 110. A 115. D

117. c 122. B

118. D

119. c

120. c

Part 3: 123. c 128. B

124. A 129. A

125. D 130. c, D, F

126 . c

127, B

132. offers 137. further/higher

133. grades 138. doctorate

135. exams 140. free

134. degree 139. grant

Part 4: 131. apply 136. Graduates

LY M

Part 2: 116. B 121. A

PI AD

91. a 9 6 .0

KÈ

Part 3: (2.0 ms)

ẠY

Part 4: (3 points / content: 1.5 points & language use and organising ideas: 1.5 points) P ag c2 o f 7 * Đáp án đề till HSG Đồng Tháp V2 * ngày 26/10/2013 * Năm học 2013-2014

Content 1.5

Language 1.5 0.1 0.1 0.1

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

LY M

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

PI AD

0.1 0.1 0.1

0.2

ẠY

KÈ

Page 3 of 7 * Đ áp án đè thi HSG Dồng Tháp V2 * ngày 26/10/2013 * Nãrn học 2013-2014

LY M

PI AD

Transcripts: Part 2

KÈ

W1: Hi, Professor. Ĩ am here for my 9:00 appointment. W2: Good morning. So you're here to register for next semester's classes? Wl: Yes, that's right. I want to make sure that I am signing up for the courses that I need for my journalism major. W2: Let me get out the journalism requirements checklist so we can make sure that you’re taking the classes you need. Here we go. Okay, now, how many course hours do you want to have next semester? W1: As few as possible. I really don't want to get burned out. W2: Well, I can understand that. I was a student once, too, but remember that you need 126 credit hours to graduate, and I suspect you want to graduate in the usual four years? W1: Oh, yes, I really can't afford to stay longer than four years! W2: Okay, so keeping that in consideration, I would recommend that you take at least 15 to 18 hours each semester. Wl: Well, okay. I took 15 credit hours each for the last two semesters. And I'm signed up for six credit hours of summer school. Fifteen hours hasn't been so bad, so maybe I'll continue with that. But can we try to schedule my classes so that I get to sleep in a little bit in the mornings? W2: Sure, absolutely. And the fact that you took so many credits last semester means you've gotten off to a good start! Have you taken all the required courses for first-year journalism students? Wl: Yes, I have. Oh, wait a minute! I actually took a biology class instead of a mass communication class. ĨS that a problem?

ẠY

Page 4 o f 7 * Dáp án đè thi HSG Dồng Tháp V2 * ngày 26/10/2013 * Nãm học 2013-2014

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

Transcripts: Part 3 A discussion among three students, who are organising an international film festival at their college C: Thanks for coming to this meeting on such short noticc, Anna and Veronica. It looks like we have just become the organising committee for this year's international film festival. We've all just met so perhaps we should start by an introduction with a bit of background from each of us. A: OK. I’m Anna. I finished three years of a Languages degree in Sweden, where I come from. This year I decided to study overseas to get to know a different part of the world. I'm also a big fan of European cinema, especially French and Italian. Those are the languages I majored in along with English. To me, film is a great way to learn about the rest of the world. I was in the film club at my university so when I saw the notice asking for volunteers, I thought it would be a good way to meet people and get involved in something I really enjoy. V: Thanks, Anna. My name is Veronica and I come from Italy. I’m doing graduate studies in English Literature. I went to some of the films in the festival last year and enjoyed them. I especially liked the video interviews. That was when I decided to get involved. I used to do film reviews for our student newspaper back home. C: Hi, I'm Chris from Scotland and I'm in 4lk year Journalism. Cinema is my hobby. Last year I joined the organising committee, just like you have now, and somehow, this year I've ended up in charge. I'm actually able to use my coordinating work oil the festival towards a credit for one of my courses. I have to write up a report on the festival with recommendations so that’s an extra motivation for me. So I hope this is going to be a good experience for us all. OK. Where would you like to start? A: How about a general overview of the festival? I don't really know much about it. C: Well, the film festival was started by International Students' Society five years ago and has grown every year. It is held over 4 nights during study break, Wednesday to Saturday. Normally we show 3 films a night. Last year we tried to choose films from different parts of the world that fit together in some way. Maybe a similar theme. Or we could feature a type of film like action films or science fiction. (Pause) A: Who picks the films? C: It's up to us, on the committee, to decide. V: You mean we get to pick all the films ourselves? What a hard decision! There are so many to choose from. C: Well, that's the fun part. We have this catalogue of independent distributors. The films are listed by language and have a short summary. We just have to go through it to find a good combination of films that will attract an audience. A: Veronica mentioned something about interviews. How does that fit in? C: We set up cameras in the foyer of the theatre and did live interviews before, during intermission and after the screening. Anyone from the audience could come up and talk about the film. The broadcasting and journalism school set it up and ran the interviews. They were shown on big screens around the lobby and in the theatre. It went over really well. We had a long line up of students waiting to be interviewed on TV. Everybody wanted their minute of fame. A: Great idea! C: Yeah, it worked really well. We should certainly do something similar again. V: Maybe even develop the idea further. Like a website with audience reviews and discussion so we can get as much participation and involvement as possible. C: Hey, that's a good idea! A: Can I ask a question? None of the films are in English, right? Are they dubbed or subtitled? C: Well, we do occasionally choose a film in English but only from unusual places where the dialect is so strong they sometimes need subtitles - like the Caribbean or even Scotland! The majority of films in the festival are foreign language, dubbed in English. Wc'vc learned from experience that students don't like reading subtitles. Maybe they read too much already. Whatever the reason the subtitled films get smaller audiences so we avoid them as much as possible. V: So how large an audience can we expect and how much does it cost to get in? C: It costs $5 per film or a $20 pass for the whole event - all 12 films for the real movie fan. We would have broken even last year except for a bad storm on the Friday night - we almost had to cancel the whole thing. But overall, we had a good turnout - more than 2,000 people in 4 days.

Page 5 o f 7 * Đáp án lie llii MSG Dồng Tháp V2 * ngày 26/10/2013 * Năm học 2013-2014

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYẾN HSG LỚP 12 THPT DỤ THI CÁP QUOC GIA NĂM HỌC 2013 - 2014

0.5

Dùng từ thích hợp

0.2

Sử dụng đúng cú pháp câu

0.2

Tiêu chí 02: Lexical resource (0.2)

Tiêu chí 03: Grammar (0.5)

0.2

Ngữ điệu Diễn đạt ý trôi chảy Tông điêm

0.2 0.2 2.0

Tiêu chí 04: Pronunciation/fluency (0.6)

Phát âm chuẩn

KÈ ẠY

0.1

Cấu trúc ngữ pháp đa dạng

0.2

Cấu trúc câu phong phú

Ghi chú - Các ý rời rạc: 0.05 - It hơn 03 tìr nỗi: 0.0 + Introduction: 0.05 + Body: 0.4 + Conclusion: 0,05

LY M

Ý mạch lạc

Điếm chấm

Điếm 0.1 0.1

Tiêu chí 01: Cohesion/Coherence (0.7)

Nội dung Trình bày ý liên kểt Từ nôi

Tiêu chí

PI AD

HƯỚNG DẢN CHẤM ĐÈ CHÍNH THỬC MÔN: TIÉNG ANH (THI NÓI) Ngày thì: 26/10/2013 (Hướng dẫn chấm gồm có 01 trang)

-Sai 02 từ-0.1 - Trừ không quá 0.2

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 12 CẤP TỈNH NĂM HỌC 2015 - 2016 ĐÊ THI MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Ngày thi: 20/3/2016 Thời gian làm bài: 90 phút (Không kể thời gian phát đề); (50 câu trẳc nghiệm 04 trang và phần tự luận 01 trang)

ĐỀ CHÍNH THÚC Mã đề thi 132

LY M

PI AD

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (16,0MS) Listen to three different extracts TWICE to answer six questions. Then mark the letter A, B, c , or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions Extract one from 1 to 2. You hear part of an interview with a musician, explaining why he turned down a prize in a music awards ceremony. Question 1: Why did Steve’s group not go to the ceremony to accept their award? A. They were busy doing concerts. B. They did not expect to win. c . They believed it would be morally wrong. D. They do not like a prize. Question 2: According to Steve, the people who voted for his group A. agree with their ideals and beliefs. B. will soon lose interest in their music, c. have been loyal fans for a long time. D. are students. Extract two from 3 to 4. You hear part of an interview with Richard Hale, a retired cricket player. Question 3: What is the main reason for Richard Hale’s success? A. a lot of practice B. a helpful friend c . the ability to concentrate D. natural talent Question 4: Richard Hale dislikes the way that some current players A, chat when they have free time. B. react to a success. c. do not learn from their mistakes.D. believe they are more important than their team. Extract three from 5 to 6. You hear part of an interview on local radio with Lily Simmons, a university student who is taking part in a fund-raising event called 40-hour Famine. Question 5: According to Lily, the purpose of 40-hour Famine is to A. persuade people to give money to charity regularly. B. help people understand the effects of famine on peoples lives, c. support the poor. D. encourage students to do some charity work abroad. Question 6: After taking part in last year’s 40-hour Famine event, Lily was A. disappointed she had not fulfilled her aim. B. proud of what she had achieved, c. interested in her job. D. determined to do better in the next event

Mark the letter Ay B, c , or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position o f the primary stress in each o f the following questions from 7 to 8.

KÈ

Question 7: A. introduce Question 8: A. polictical

B. honesty B. curriculum

c . valuable c . sociology

D. personal D. philosophy

Mark the letter Ay B, c , or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from that o f the others from 9 to 10.

ẠY

Question 9: A. break Question 10: A. marry

B. deceive B. carry

c. succeed c . happy

D. retreat D. vary

Mark the letter A, B, c , or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer in each o f the following questions from 11 to 20.

Question 11: This is a ___ movie. A. new wonderful Italian B. wonderful Italian new c . new Italian wonderful D. wonderful new Italian Question 12: I have had to ___ a lot of insulting behaviour from you! up for A. look down on B. put up with c .D.getstand on with Question 13: Brian has been working___ since he was promoted. D. harder A. more hardly B. just as hardly c . much as harder Question 14: Mrs. Brown: “I suppose there’s not anything cheaper, is there?.” Susan: “___ ” A. No, there isn’t. B. No, I don’t know. c . No, Pm afraid that’s ail there is. D. No, what a pity! Question 15: All three TV channels provide extensive___ of sporting events. A. broadcast B. vision c . networkD.coverage

PI AD

_ your success so much! Question 16: I wish you wouldn’t show off and c. fiill of D. bored by A. boast about B. congratulate on Question 17: “Pollution wotties me. “Me too. It’s something___ lots of problems.” c. having brought D. has brought A. that bringing B. is bringing _ away. Question 18: When Ireturned, I found that my car D. had been pulling A. has been pulled B. has been pulling c . had been pulled Question 19: Peter: “Hi! I’ve got a new job. I’m going to live in London.” Jack: “___ ? Oh, I lived in London two years ago.” D. Do you A. Are you B. Yes, I know c . Do you like it Question 20: The building workers were paid their___ every Friday > A. income B. salary c . interest D. wages

Mark the letter Ay B, c , or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) that is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each o f the following questions from 21 to 22.

LY M

Question 21: Roget's Thesaurus, a collection of English words and phrases, was originally arranged by the ideas they express rather than by alphabetical order. A. as long as B. unless c . instead of D. as well as Question 22: Let's wait here for her; I'm sure she'll turn UP before long. A. return B. enter c . arrive D. visit Mark the letter A, B, c , or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the

underlined part in each o f the following questions from 23 to 24. Question 23: He decided not to buy the fake watch and wait until he had more money. A. faulty B. modem c . authentic D. original Question 24: Fruit and vegetables grew in abundance on the island. The islanders even exported the surplus. A. excess B. quality c . large quantity D. small quantity Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in

each o f the following questions from 25 to 27.

Question 25: Archaeological evidence reveals that Native Americans lived on the East Coast of the United States 13 centuries before. A. of the B. lived on c. reveals that D. before Question 26: Even though they are among the smallest carnivores, weasels will attack animals that are double their size. A. double B. that c . Even though D. the smallest Question 27: My colleagues and Ĩ did not find the new software program to be easy as the old one. A. the new software B. and I c . to be easy D. one Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word or

phrase that best fits o f the numbered blanks from 28 to 37.

ẠY

KÈ

Why read books? Is it worth reading books, since nowadays there are so many other forms of entertainment? Some people say that even_(28)__books are expensive, and not everyone can borrow books from a library. They might add that television is more exciting and that viewers can reỉax as they watch their favourite_(29)__. All that may be true, but books are still very_(30)__. They encourage the reader to use his or her__(31)_for a start. You can read a _(32)__of a book, or just a few pages, and then stop. Of course, it may be so__ (33)_that you can't stop! There are many different kinds of books, so you can choose a crime _(34)_ or an autobiography, or a book which gives you interesting_(35)__. If you find it hard to choose, you can read _(36)_, or ask friends for ideas. Personally, I can't do without books, but I can (37)_up television easily enough. You can't watch television at bus stops! Question 28: A. paperback B. reading c. when D. the D. ones Question 29: A. programmes B. episodes c. cereals Question 30: A. popular B. public c. live D. too Question 31: A. author B. imagination c. amusement D. index Question 32: A. chapter D. comment B. cover c. capital Question 33: A. gripping D. interest B. imagined c. current Question 34: A. history B. booklet c. poetry D, novel Question 35: A. idea B. advise c. fact D. information D. prefaces Question 36: A. announcements B. reviews c. chapters Question 37: A. pick B. look c. give D. turn

2/5

Mã đề thi 132

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c , or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

answer to each o f the questions from 38 to 42. For the past 20 years London's public transport system has been in decline. The fall in passengers has pushed up the fares to drive away even more people. And the result has been more and more cars on increasingly congested roads and a public transport system starved of cash. Help decide London Transport’s future NOW! What happens to London Transport will affect the lives of everyone in London for years to come. That is why the Greater London Council believes that you, the people of London, should have a say in the future. We have drawn up four different options to present to the Secretary of State for Transport. But we also want to be able to tell him what YOU think about them. APPROACH A “Break Even " If London Transport were to be run as a commercial business then by 1987: bus services would be cut by 40%; bus and underground fares would rise by 40% on top of inflation; tube services would be cut by 3% and up to 20 stations and five sections of line would disappear; less use of public transport would mean the direct loss of 12,000 jobs; there would be even more traffic congestion and more accidents. APPROACHB “Cash Limits” (What we have now) Working on the basis of current Government policy: today’s fares would rise in line with inflation; • bus services would be cut by 16%; • underground services would be cut by 3%and up to 10stationswould beclosed; some 5,000 jobs would be lost; • traffic congestion and accidents would increase by about half that of the “Break Even" approach. APPROACH c “Minimum Needs” If, after a change in the law. the Government gave London Transport a direct level of subsidy comparable with even minor urban transport systems in Europe: • fares would be restored to their pre- March 1982 levels - the Fares Fair scheme - but would rise with inflation; • bus services would be cut by 5% and tube services would increase by 6%; • four or five stations would close; • increased use of buses and tube would lead to a 3% reduction in roadtrafficcongestion, and fewer road accidents. APPROACHD “Fares Fair " With Government support raised, by a change in the law, to the level of most major urban transport systems in other countries: • fares would be halved and then frozen; • by 1987 fares would be 65% lower than today after inflation was taken into account; • bus services would improve by 13% and the underground by the maximum 6% possible; London’s traffic problems would be eased considerably. Question 38: Which approach does the Greater London Council believe to be the most harmful for the people of London? A. Approach D “Fares Fair” B. Approach A “Break Even” c. Approach B “Cash Limits” D. Approach c “Minimum Needs” Question 39: Which approach does the Greater London Council favour most? A. Approach A “Break Even” B. Approach D “Fares Fair” c. Approach c “Minimum Needs” D. Approach B “Cash Limits” Question 40: Which approach would probably result in the most accidents? A. Approach D “Fares Fair” B. Approach A “Break Even” c. Approach B “Cash Limits” D. Approach c “Minimum Needs” Question 41: Which scheme depends on the Government giving as much money to London Transport as other Governments give to transport in big cities? A. Approach B “Cash Limits” B. Approach D “Fares Fair” c . Approach A “Break Even” D. Approach c “Minimum Needs” Question 42: The aim of this advertisement is to A. Report on the state of London Transport today. B. Convince you that London Transport needs a subsidy, c . Persuade you to use London Transport more. D. Publicise the faults of London Transport. 3/5

M ãđềthi 132

Read the following passage and mark the letter Ay B, c , or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

answer to each o f the questions from 43 to 47. Television, like language, can be a cultural challenge for better or worse, and this is what it is in many of its activities, whether voluntarily or, on occasion, involuntarily. Although it may sometimes be soothing, television is often provocative in the sense that it gives information and arouses interest. That being said, the new means of broadcasting and communicating throughout the world increases the complexity of television even further. An important question is what television is there to do and to say. In actual fact, however, the issue does not seem to have been put in this way by all governments and their officials, nor by private television companies. Since the primary aim is to get an audience (and who would want to make television programmes nobody looked at?), programmes are becoming more and more standardised. The cultural challenge represented by television must not turn into a challenge to culture. At all events, television carries messages which influence, and will increasingly influence, trends in our societies one way or another. Either television will contribute to enriching our cultures or it will contribute to eroding them or to enabling some of these cultures to dominate others. Undoubtedly there are outstanding events, such as broadcasts of major occasions, but the out-of-theordinary nature of a cultural message soon becomes part of life, part of the very air breathed by those to whom the messages are sent. Living in a world of painting, literature and music is a very different thing from the stardom of a composer, writer or performer. While the heads of television channels sometimes display boldness, they do not seem to find it necessary to do so when it comes to music (with the occasional exception), because they themselves are not convinced of the emotional impact of music on television. And yet, in spite of all obstacles, music is a challenge through its daily presence. This represents a victory for whom? Pure music - that is to say, music soberly presented through the playing of the performers - goes down very well on the small screen. Its presence on television makes it part of everyday life. Let us be optimistic and hope that those in charge of television of whatever kind are aware of the importance of their function over and above audience surveys and ratings and that they will call primarily on the talents of cultural people and give them priority over the salesman. Question 43: What is the effect of television according to the author? A. It confuses the viewers. B. It is harmful to society, c . It causes intellectual laziness. D. It makes the viewers think. Question 44: In the author's opinion, what is wrong with the attitude of some governments to television? A. They have too much control over it. B. They do not use it effectively, c. They do not pay enough attention to its function. D. They do not think it is important. Question 45: The author thinks that television programmes are in danger of A. losing their effect on our culture. B. preventing the development of society, c. declining in popularity. D. trying to please too many people. Question 46: According to the author, the heads of television channels A. have an adventurous approach to presenting music. B. do not want music to be part of everyday life, c. broadcast only important musical events. D. do not think music is effective on television. Question 47: What does the author hope will be the future of television? A. Audiences will go on increasing. B. The right kind of programme-makers will be appointed, c. Television controllers will change their attitudes. D. More popular programmes will be broadcast.

Mark the letter Ay R, c , or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentences that is closest in meaning the sentence in each o f the following questions from 48 to 50.

Question 48: I’d like to help you but I am short of money now. A. If only I can help you. B. I wish I could help you but I am myself broke now. c. I like helping you but I don’t have money now. D. I like to help you but I can’t. Question 49: Everything went wrong just after he appeared. A. Scarcely he appeared when everything went wrong. B. Scarcely did he appear than everything went wrong. c. Scarcely had he appeared when everything went wrong. D. Scarcely he had appeared than everything went wrong. Question 50: We stayed in that hotel despite the noise. A. Noisy as the hotel was, we stayed there. B. Despite the hotel was noise, we stayed there, c. Although the noisy hotel, we stayed there. D. In spite of the noisy hotel and we like it. 4/5

M ãđềthi 132

B. WRITING (4,OMS) I. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and six words, including the word given. (1,0 M)

LY M

PI AD

1. “Well done, Tony, you have passed the exam,” said Joe ON Joe _ ______________________________ the exam. 2. Calling the police isn’t any good. NO the police. It is 3. On the way home, I came across my former teacher. MEET on the way home. I 4. My boss works better when he’s pressed for time. HAS he works. The less 5. While I strongly disapprove of your behaviour, I will help you this time. STRONG you this time. Despite

ẠY

KÈ

II. Paragraph writing: (3,0MS) In about 150 words, write a paragraph about advantages OR disadvantages of using a smartphone in everyday life. THE END.

5/5

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÔNG THÁP

K Ỳ T H I C H Ọ N H Ọ C SIN H G IỎ I L Ớ P 12 CẤP TỈN H N Ă M H Ọ C 2015 - 2016

LY M

They believed it would be morally wrong. will soon lose interest in their music. the ability to concentrate react to a success. help people understand the effects of famine on peoples lives. determined to do better in the next event. sociology introduce vary break coverage wages much harder boast about put up with having brought No, I’m afraid that’s all there is. Are you had been pulled wonderful new Italian arrive instead of authentic small quantity before to be easy double paperback programmes popular imagination chapter gripping novel information reviews give Approach A “Break Even” Approach D “Fares Fair”

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

Nội dung đáp án

Đáp án

ẠY

KÈ

Câu hỏi

PI AD

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Ngày thi: 20/3/2016 (Hướng dẫn chấm gồm có: 3 trang) I. TRẮC NGHIỆM: 16 điểm/ 50 câu

1 /4

Điêm 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32

0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32 0,32

LY M

II. Tự LUẬN: 4 điểm/ 2 phần A. Phần 1: 1 điểm/ 5 câu (học sinh làm đúng trọn vẹn cả câu thì cho điếm, không _____ cho điểm nếu cỏ chỗ sai)_____________________________________ ______ Điêm Câu Nội dung 0,2 Joe congratulated Tony on Passinỗ the exam. ° J having passed 0,2 It is no good/ use calling the police. 0,2 I happened to meet my former teacher on the way home. 0,2 The less time my boss has, the better he works. 0,2 Despite my strong disapproval of your behavior, I will help you this time.

B. Phần 2: 3 điểm/1 bài viết

2 3 4 5

Approach A “Break Even” Approach D “Fares Fair” Convince you that London Transport needs a subsidy It makes the viewers think They do not pay enough attention to its function. trying to please too many people do not think music is effective on television The right kind of programme-makers will be appointed. I wish I could help you but I am myself broke now. Noisy as the hotel was, we stayed there. Scarcely had he appeared when everything went wrong.

A A A A A A A A A A A

PI AD

40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

Nội dung Thí sinh có thể chọn viết thuận lọi HOẶC không thuận lọi

Điêm

(nếu học sinh viết cả hai nội dung: thuận lợi và bất lợi; chọn chấm 01 nội dung có lợi cho học sinh)

A. Thuân loi Câu chủ đê: giới thiệu sự tiện ích của smartphone * Y kiên 1: - Nêu sự cần thiết của điện thoại trong đời sống giao tiếp hàng ngày

0,25 0,25 0,25

* Y kiên 2:

0,25

KÈ

- Y kiên hô trợ, mở rộng (liên lạc từ xa với mọi người, .. .) - Nêu ví dụ hoặc minh chứng (hoặc ý mở rộng thứ 2) (qua các cuộc gọi, tin nhăn, mail hoặc facebook, ...)

ẠY

- nhấn mạnh điện thoại hữu ích trong việc tìm kiếm thông tin, lưu trữ một cách dễ dàng - ý kiên hô trợ (lướt net, nhận thông báo một cách nhanh chóng mà không cân máy tính hoặc máy tính xách tay, ...) - nêu ví dụ hoặc minh chứng (hoặc ý mở rộng thứ 2) (tìm kiêm bản đô google map, hoặc thông tin đặt vé máy bay trực tuyến,.. .)

0,25

0,25 0,25

* Y kiên 3:

- nêu điện thoại là công cụ xách tay hỗ trợ để giải trí - ý kiên hô trợ (chơi game, nghe nhạc, mọi lúc mọi nơi) - nêu ví dụ hoặc minh chứng (hoặc ý mở rộng thứ 2) (giải trí khi chờ xe buýt, .. .) C âu kêt luận: Chiêc điện thoại thông minh thật sự hữu ích trong đời sông hiện nay B. Không thuận lọi C âu chủ đê: giới thiệu sự bât lợi của việc sử dụng smartphone

0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25

0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25

LY M

PI AD

* Y kiên 1: - nêu điện thoại làm tốn thời gian trong việc nhắn tin, lướt net - ý kiên hô trợ (làm người sử dụng lơ là với việc học và công việc) - nêu ví dụ hoặc minh chứng (hoặc ý mở rộng thứ 2) (thiếu sự tương tác của các thành viên trong gia đình, ...) * Y kiên 2: - cha mẹ không kiêm soát việc sử dụng điện thoại của con cái - ý kiên hô trợ (có những trang mạng không phù hợp với lứa tuôi học sinh) - nêu ví dụ hoặc minh chứng (hoặc ý mở rộng thứ 2) (cha mẹ sẽ không kiêm soát thông tin chặt chẽ như khi chúng sử dụng máy tính hoặc laptop, ...) * Ỷ kiến 3: - nêu điện thoại có ảnh hưởng xâu đên sức khỏe của những người sử dụng - ý kiên hô trợ (thiêu vận động, ...) - nêu ví dụ hoặc minh chứng (hoặc ý mở rộng thứ 2) (béo phì, dê bị cận thị, ...) C âu kêt luận: Chiêc điện thoại thông minh có những ảnh hưởng xâu đên đời sông hiện nay Lưu ý:+ học sinh chỉ nên đê cập đên thuận lọi hoặc bât lọi của smartphone

(phòng khi học sinh viết về Internet).

0.25

+ bài viết không quá ngắn hoặc quá dài, dao động số từ 140-160 từ. + tùy vào mức độ sai của học sinh mà trừ điểm cho họp lý. Ví dụ: Ý kiến 1: 0,75 điểm - ý sai, lan man, trùng ý: không cho điểm - sử dụng từ không chính xác, trùng lắp nhiều lần, thành ngữ không thích hợp: - 0,1 điểm - không sử dụng đúng các cấu trúc ngữ pháp; không có từ nối: - 0,1 điểm + không nêu ví dụ, minh chứng cho từng ý kiến: - 0,25 điểm

0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25

Lưu ỷ: Khuyến khích tính sáng tạo của học sình, học sình làm bài theo cách khác so với hướng

dân chấm nếu đảm bảo tính logic, đủng chỉnh tả, đúng cấu trúc ngữ pháp thì vân cho điếm tối đa.

NỘI DUNG BÀI NGHE

Extract one (I = Interviewer; s = Steve)

ẠY

KÈ

I: Thanks for being here, Steve, especially when you’ve got the pressure of a European tour. Now you know what I ’m going to ask. You won ‘Best New Artist' yesterday, and you didn't turn up to collect the award. Why? S: You know, when we heard we'd been nominated - and we knew who the other nominees were - well, just for a brief moment I guess we got a bit o f a kick out of it. I mean the other bands are guys we really respect, but w e’ve always used our music to attack capitalism. It would be incredibly hypocritical to accept an award from the corporate world. I: OK. I get that, but even if you have no respect for the music industry, it was your fans that voted for you. S: I don’t know if that’s true. Look, w e’ve been together for four years now, and the people who liked our music from the start, the ones who keep coming to the gigs, they know what w e’re about, our politics, our principles. And they wouldn’t go in for that kind of thing. But, you know, you get your first number one single and the mainstream music listeners think you’re a new band and they go out and vote for you. For a moment in time you're on everyone’s iPod, and then, then you’re deleted.

Extract two

LY M

PI AD

(I = Interviewer; R = Richard) I: Twenty years in the game, Richard, and no one has yet come close to breaking the records you set. What do you put your success down to? R: Well, I've had a lot o f experience after all that time, endless hours of practice. But for me it’s more to do with the psychological approach: maintaining discipline and focus, setting an aim and not getting distracted, no matter whether the game is going well or against us. I reckon for some sports it’s about a physical advantage you’re bom with, but with cricket, it's applying your mind in the right way I: Is there any advice you’d give to up-and-coming young players? R: Not advice as such. Whether a match has been a resounding success or it’s ended in failure, we each have to analyse our strengths and weaknesses, and use that to get the best out o f our next team performance. Something I find to be a negative development, though, I'm afraid, is the rather aggressive manner in which certain young players celebrate their performance, I mean the way they now punch the air, and those other gestures o f victory. Cricket is supposed to be a dignified game; there’s no place for showing off.

Extract three

ẠY

KÈ

(I = Interviewer; L = Lily) I: Lily, for listeners who have maybe never heard o f 40-hour Famine, can you tell us a little bit about it? L: Yeah, sure. Well, it's about young people, students mainly, not eating food for 40 hours, although water is allowed. The idea is to promote a bit more awareness o f what its like for poor people who are starving because o f famine. Many students are too young to volunteer to go overseas and help out directly and they haven’t got the cash to make monthly donations to charity, but taking part in 40-hour Famine is something they can do, to show they care. And o f course, the sponsorship they get does go to excellent charities. I: And this is the second year you’ve taken part? L: Yes, last year I only made it to 35.1 felt really dizzy and had to give up. But no-one made me feel like I'd let them down, they were simply concerned with my health. I thought ’Oh well, I'll just have to have another go. I've got a year to prepare and next time round nothing will stop me.’ And look ... in another four hours I will have fulfilled that promise to myself.

A /A

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 12 THPT CÁP TỈNH NĂM HỌC 2013- 2014

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TÌNH ĐÒNG THÁP

ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC

ĐỀ THI MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Ngày thiĩ 29/9/2013 Thời gian làm bài:180 phút (Không kể thời gian phải đề)

STT do giám thị ghi Giám thị 1:

Họ và tên thí sinh: Số báo danh:

Sô phách (Do HĐ chấm thi ghi)

Giám thị 2:

tnxờup (Ký tên - Ghi họ và tên)

Hội đồng coi thỉ:

Giám khảo 2

Tổng: X

LY M

PI AD

Hoc sinh lớp

Phòng thi

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------—

STT do HĐ chấm thỉ ghi Số phách (Dơ ĨĨĐ phúc khảo ghi)

----------------- --—

________ (Phần này dành cho h ội đồng phúc khảoỳ Họ tên và chữ kỷ Điếm từng phân Điêm bài thi Giảm khảo 2 Bằng chữ Giảm kháo ỉ Băng sô CâuA:........... Câu B: Câu C:......... CâuD:..........

Số phách (Do HĐ phúc khảo ghi)

Tống:...........

Số phách

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

Thi sinh không được viết vào phần cỏ ẹợch chéo

X -----------

__.

The restaurant usually offer a set menu for groups up to (3)____________people. The group has a couple of (4) some meat eaters, one person who needs gluten-free and another who is allergic to (5)

___________which costs (10)_____________ per person.

KÈ

menu (9)

There are (6) _ __ different menus. The basic menu costs (7)___________ per person. The restaurant does this menu for a (8 )___________ of 4 people. The most expensive option is

BOOKING FORM

ẠY

Part 3: Listen to the rest of the conversation between the woman and the man above and complete the bookingform. (10 marks)

NAME E-MAIL m TELN0 :(3> NUMBER OF EATERS :(4) Notes: Send (5)

by email. Receptionist Eric

PI AD LY M

1. Consumer goods are highly

nowadays. 1.

(competition)

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: 60 marks Part 1. Supply the correctform o f the word in parentheses. (10 marks)

has facilitated farming in that area, (machine)

. (rely)

3. We can’t trust that man; he is

Your answer

2. 3.

(enthusiasm)

7. The more an event is, the better it will be 7. remembered, (signify) 8. He didn’t pay the bill and now the electricity has been 8.

KÈ

. (connect)

9. He's so

! He iust can’t make up his mind. 9.

(decide)

meet our criteria will be 10. -

ẠY

10. Everyone whose considered, (qualify)

PI AD LY M

ẠY

KÈ

PI AD LY M

Q 3

KÈ

Your answer: 1 2

ẠY

PI AD LY M

Your answer:

KÈ

B: I did. Helen these book to me. A: It isn ’t polite to interrupt people while they ’re talking. Right? B: Right. You should never anyone’s conversation. A: Have you decided what you you ’vé going to study at college?

course. A: Where did you fin d that article about the Women *s Movement 7. in the mid 1900s?

ẠY

4. 5.

B:I

it on a Website.

A: How long did the movement last? 8.

B: It continued for several decades until the government to most of the women’s demands.

PI AD

Thỉ sinh không được viết vào phần có gạch chéo

LY M

A: Why did they eliminate the word “fem a le” from “fem ale doctors”?

A:. A ll right. We ’11

c . READING: 50 MARKS

KÈ

ẠY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

descending established

wide operation

dispose beside fall keep risk put

B. B. B. B. B. B. B. B. B. B.

diving fixed various activity

scheme appropriately reduce hold spoil formed

c. c c c. c c

c. c.

dipping

settled far process

steady around lessen support injure caused

D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D. D.

setting assured

grand occupation

prepare nearly subtract preserve threaten

made

PI AD 3

LY M

Your answer: 1 2

Part 2: Read the following passage andfill in each gap with one word o f which the first letter is given. (12 marks) Sports and Games A sport is a physical activity that people do for fun and as a way to (1) c_____ with others. People have enjoyed sports for (2) t_____ of years. Every sport has a set of rules that the players should follow.

(6) s______ team.

ẠY

KÈ

4 •

PI AD LY M

Part 3: Read the following passage and answer questions i-5. (10 marks) How Safe is a Cup of Tea?

strength tea. Chocolate drinks contain about 30 mg of caffeine per glass so it takes 20 glasses to

KÈ

drink by its colour.

Many people who drink a lot of tea solve the problem by drinking a beverage from which

the caffeine has been removed, decaffeinated tea, but others claim that it simply doesn’t taste

right. The sensible course is probably one of moderation: continue to enjoy your cup of tea, but

ẠY

don’t enjoy too many!

B. makes all its drinkers nervous, D. irritates babies.

3. There is more caffeine in tea than____ A. instant coffee.

B. chocolate drinks,

c. percolated coffee.

D. cola drinks. 9

PI AD

------------------------------—

LY M

KÈ

ẠY

Most experts agree that an efficient reader will find the information he or she needs, and ignore irrelevant information. This assumes that the reader already knows what is relevant and 10

PI AD LY M

what is not. This knowledge depends very much on the reader’s age, level of maturity, familiarity with his/her culture, and prior reading experience.

ẠY

KÈ

3. The efficient reader_____ A knows a wide range of text types c reads slowly

B D

reads quickly finds relevant information.

PI AD LY M

X —

Your answer:

as well as such as in contrast also

KÈ

as a result of because of when in addition

D. WRITING: 60 marks Part la: Place the words from the box below into the foiiowing table under the approprừứe

Time expressions

otherwise for example so

therefore

although

Adding an additional idea

ẠY

Giving an example

despite However sừnỉlarly

subsequently due to recently result in

introducing an opposite idea

Cause and cffeet and result

PI AD

LY M

X ---------

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

PI AD 2. She gave a friendly smile and waved goodbye.

She smiled

1. Mary didn’t listen to the weather forecast carefully.

Part 2: Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the sentence printed before it (10 marks)

3 .1 didn’t know about John’s departure. 4. This is a ‘‘No smoking” office.

You are

I didn't know that

5. The boy wasn’t allowed to have any friends, so he became an introvert.

Deprived

6. The sore throat prevented the man from speaking clearly.

KÈ

7. That supermarket offers an on-line shopping service. There is

8. We’ve missed the last bus so there's no point in waiting.

ẠY

It isn’t worth

9 .1

think Tutankhamun was possibly murdered by a member of his own family.

Tutankhamun’s murderer

10. People say that teenagers today look, talk, act, and think differently from theừ parents because different tilings influence every generation. It

PI AD LY M

Part 3: Essay writing. (30 marks) Write about the following topic in 250 words. Give reasons for your answer and include any

ẠY

KÈ

Your essay:

THE END.

ẠY M

KÈ Y

Q H

N Ơ N

LY M

PI AD

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 12 THPT CẮP TỈNH ỈVĂM HỌC 2013 - 2014

HƯỚNG DẢN CHẤM ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Ngày thỉ: 29/9/2013

PI AD

(Hướng dẫn chấm gồm có: 04 trang)

30 marks Part ì: 10.0 marks {ĩ,0ms for each) l.NM 2. T 13. F

4. F

1.20 6. several /4

4. vegetarians 9. J

LY M

2. 16th 7. £25

5. peanuts 10. £40

3.25 8. minimum

Part 3: 10.0 marks (2.0ms for eac 1. Hannah Bailey 2. hb0470@freemail.com 3.01793211873 4. between 15 and 20 (15-20) 5. the menus

5. T

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMA 3 :

4. packaging 5.attractions 9. indecisive lO.qualifications

Part 1. 10,0 marks (1.0m for each) 1.competitive 2.Mechanisation 3. unreliable 6. enthusiastically 7. significant 8. disconnected Part 2. 10.Q marks {2T0ms for each)

2. plan

I. fear

ị 3. development

KÈ

Part 3.18,0 marks (1 for each) 1. D 7. D 2. A 8. D 3. c 9. B 4. B 10 . c 5. A 11.c 6. c 12. B

13. A 14. D

15. c

ẠY

4, activity

16. B 17. D 18. A

Part 4: 12,0 marks (1,0 for each) 1. dies 5. is trying 2. is done 6. was founded 3. are 7. wanted 4. will have become 8. is I

9. has raised 10. has given 11. has helped 12. is

Part 5. 10,0 marks (1.0 for each)

1. ran into 6* do... over

4. taking up 5. broke down 9.crossed... out 10. talk... over

2.pointed... out 3. break into 7. came across 8. gave in

aamnas:

P a rt 1: 10,0 m arks (1,0 fo r each)

1. D

2. D

3. A

4. B

5. D

7. A

6. c

8. A

P a rt 2: 12,0 m arks (L0 for each)

1. compete 2. thousands 3. individuals 4. gymnastics

2. c

10. c

LY M

O N

4. A

P a rt 4:1 8.0 m arks (3,0 fo r each)

3. D

4. A

5. A

6 .B

9. D

9. honour/honor 10. throwing 11. common 12. competitions

5. few 6. soccer 7. athletes 8. ancient

Psirt 3: 10,0 marks (2,0 for each) Ỉ.D 2. A 1 3. B 1. D

PI AD

50 m arks

D. W RITING|: 60 m arks P a rt la: 10,0 m arks (0.5 for each)

(living an example

U Q

when subsequently recently

KÈ

such as for example

Time

expressions

Inlroriucmi’ iin opposite idea in contrast despite However otherwise although

Cause and effect and result as a result of because of therefore so due to result in

P a rt lb : 10,0 m arks (1,0m for each)

ẠY

Adding Jin additional Idea in addition as well as also similarly

1. for example 2. subsequently /such as 6. However 7. when

3. result in

4. as well as

5. because of

8. so

9. for example

10. despite

Part 2:10,0 marks (1,0m for each) 1. Mary paid little attention to the weather forecast 2. She smiled in a friendly way and waved goodbye. 3 .1 didn’t know that John had left.

4. You are not permitted/allowed to smoke in this office. 5. Deprived o f having friends, the boy became an introvert.

6. If the man hadn’t had a sore throat, he could have spoken clearly. 7. There is an offer o f an on-line shopping service from that supermarket. 8. It isn’t worth waiting because/since/as we ’vé missed the last bus.

PI AD

CONTENT

Example:

LY M

FORM

KÈ

LANGUAGE

1,0m 3,0ms 3,0ms 1,0m 3,0ms 3,0ms 4,0ms 4,0ms 30,0ms

SAMPLE

Introduction:

ẠY

We could argue that children so to school to study so that they can become fully productive adults and good citizens and ask whether the Internet helps children to become better people.

Body:

No sensible person will deny that it is important for students to study hard. + There are so many obligatory subjects at school such as maths, physics, chemistry, biology, literature, English, and so on. It is very important that the schools offer a wide range o f subjects to cater all the students in their care. + the school is preparing the students for life and for the workforce. .1

However, it is also true that students need more than the knowledge given by their

PI AD

LY M

Conclusion: although school studies are undeniable important. we should regard time spent learning on the Internet as time well spent.

THE END

ẠY

KÈ

SỞ GIẢO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỒNGTHẢP

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 12 THPT CÁP TỈNH NÃM HỌC 2012 - 2013 ĐẺ THI MÔN: TIẾNG ANH

Đề chính thức

Ngày thi: 30/9/2012 Thời gian làm bài: 180 phứt (Không kể thòi gian phát đề)

STT do giám thị ghi Họ và tên thí sình:

Giám thi 1:

Số báo danh:

Phòng thi

(Do HĐ chấm thi ghi)

trườn£ (Ký tên - Ghi họ và tên)

Hội đồng coi thi:

Câu I:............ CâuII:........... Câu m:......... Câu IV:..........

LY M

Điềm từng phẫn

(Phần pày dành cho hội đồng chẫm thi) Họ tên và chữ ký Điểm 5ầi thi BànR chử Giám khảo 1 B ằ n g số

Giám kháo 2

Giáni khảo 3

PI AD

Học sinh lớp

ư D p iiaiC n

U i a m t h Ị L\

Số phách

STT do HĐ chắm thi ghỉ Số phách

(Do HĐ phúc khảo ghi)

Tổng:........ ...... X ------------------------------------------ — -----------------------------------Họ tên và chữ kỷ Giám khảo 2 Giảm khảo ỉ

Số phách (Do HĐ phúc khảo ghi)

Điểm bài thi Bằng sỗ Bầĩgchữ

_______ (Phần nảy dành cho hội đồng phúc khảo) Điểm từng phần

Tổní ...... •■■■■•

Câu ỉ;............ Câulỉ:.......... Câu UI:......... Câu IV:..........

KÈ

I. LISTENING: (3 ms)

A. Listen to the conversation and fill in the blanks with the missing words. You will hear the conversation twice. Wrừeyour answers in the numbered box.

ẠY

(W) Well, it's 8 o’clock and I need a study break. I have a (1 )_______________ test in a few days. Mind if I join you? What are you watching? Is it anything interesting? (M) Well I think it's interesting. It's a ( 2 ) _________ about crocodiles. They are amazing creatures. (W) Crocodiles, huh? That’s not really my kind of thing. I want to watch a soap opera O Ĩ1 another channel. Can't we change? (M) Well, actually, I have a (3 )____ _____ to do on crocodiles. ANSWERS: ________________________________________________

PI AD LY M O N Ơ

B. Since Thursday D. Since Tuesday B. Tuesday D. Saturday

ẠY

B. Her tooth hurts D. Her gums hurt

What is wrong with Mary? A. Her teeth hurt c. Her mouth hurts How long has Mary had the problem? A. Two weeks c. One week What day is it? A. Thursday c. Friday

KÈ

Short conversation 1

B. Listen to the conversations and choose the best answer (A, B, c, or D) for each question. You will hear the conversations twice. Write your answers in the numbered box.

Short conversation 2

5. 6.

PI AD LY M

ANSWERS: 4.

í 1.

c . Listen to the talks and choose the best answer (Ay By c, or Đ) for each question. You will hear the talks twice. Write your answers in the numbered box.

Short talk 1

KÈ

ẠY

Short talk 2

3/17

PI AD

Thỉ sinh không được viết vào phẩn có gạch chéo

LY M

X -------------

ANSWERS: 2.

n . VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (7ms) A. Choose the word or phrase which best completes these sentences. Write your answers in the numbered box, (2ms) Do you think this shirt----------------with my jeans? A. suits B. goes c . matches D. fits 2. Hurry up or you’l l --------------- your flight. A. lose B. remove c . pass D. miss 3. She thinks she doesn’t ---------------- anyone in her family, but I think she is like her mother. A. look for B. bring up c . take after D. put out 4. We’v e --------------- milk. Can you buy some more? A. run off B. run without c . run out of D. run of 5. Because of the--------------- of hospital beds, the waiting list for minor operations is very long. A. shorten B. shortly c . short D. shortage 6. The smell in the room was so --------------- that I had gone outside. A, pleasure B. displeased c . please D. unpleasant 7. A: Do you think you could--------------- your father to drive us to the cinema tomorrow? B: Probably, I ask him this morning. A. get B. let c . make D. have 8. A: Oh, I feel really ill today. B: Well, y o u --------------- so much at the party last night. A. haven’t been drinking c . shouldn’t have drunk B. may not have drunk D. mustn’t drink 9. I passed my driving test--------------- the sixth attempt. A. on B. for c . in D.at 10. --------------- , she thought the work was very interesting, but soon she began to get bored. A. In particular B. At first c . Out of luck D. Under control 11. I’ll call y o u ----- ----------Monday morning if I can get any further news ----------- ---- the meeting. A. on/ for B. until/ along c . on/ about D.in/ from

ẠY

KÈ

4/17

PI AD 17.

20.

KÈ

19.

18.

16.

15.

14.

LY M

13.

Do you know if --------------- Christmas with his parents every year? A. Andy does spend B. is spending Andy c. Andy is spending D. Andy spends If you don’t know the meaning of a word, you can always -------- ------ i t ---------------- in a dictionary. A. cross/ out B. take/ off c . turn/ down D. look/ up I really wish w e--------- — some research before we came here for our holiday. It’s just awful. A. were doing B. had done c . have done D. are doing I really love--------------A. some pop music B. pop music c . the pop music D. a pop music M y--------------- house is bigger than the one I had before. A. actual B. present c . now D. modem 1 tried to warn you,--------------- you just ignored me. A. so B. but c . either D. nor A: “ Why didn’t you answer the phone?” B: “ Because I —------------- a shower.” A. had B. have c , was having D. am having --------------- Mike---------------- Jerry seems to be really interested in our proposal. A. Neither/ nor B. Both/ and c . Either/ but D. Both/ as well I can’t decide-1 should buy a tie or a shirt for him. A. what B. whether G when D. who

12.

ANSWERS:

11.

16.

12.

17.

13.

18,

14.

19.

10.

15.

20.

ẠY

5/17

PI AD LY M

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

B. Read the text below and look carefully at each line. Some of the lines are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If a line is correct, put a tick (\ị). If a line has a word which should not be theret underline the word and write ừ out (1m)

spaces (2ms)

c . Read the paragraph below. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits the

KÈ

THE ART OF GIVING AND TAKING

ẠY

CEREMONY VOLUNTEER BEHAVE

RECEIVE PERSON

OBLIGE APPROVE

PI AD LY M

REFUSE

GENEROUS APPROXIMATE SIGNIFY

10.

ANSWERS:

D. Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets. Write your answer in the numbered box. (1m)

KÈ

ẠY

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

10.

7/17

PI AD LY M

£. Fill in the blank space with a right preposition or an adverb particle. Write your answers in the numbered box. (lm)

CHEATING You’re doing a histoiy test. Your friend, who’s sitting next to you, really wants to succeed (1 )..................... the test. There’s a question (2).................... the Fứst World War, which you’ve been learning (3)......................recently. You know a lot (4)......................... it, but your friend isn’t really capable (5 )....................answering the question properly. Your friend whispers ‘help me! * to you. What should you do? Should you help your friend (6)....................the question, or just continue (7)..................... your own test? Every student has to cope (8)................... this difficult situation at some point. What’s your * opinion (9 )................... cheating? Should you help your friend cheat (1 0 )......................the test or not?

ANSWERS: 2.

10.

KÈ

in. READING: (4 ms)

ẠY

A B c D E F G H I

Divisions among climbers Little advance warning Safety first Seeing improvement Easier than it looks More preparation Getting organized A new type of climbing Popular in many forms 8/17

PI AD

Thí sinh không đưọc viết vảo phẩn cò gạch chéo

LY M

\TZL J Training for climbers was once virtually unheard of but there is now a wide variety of home

training aids designed to build up both fitness and stamina in fingers, hands and arms. Fitness, strength, agility, stamina, skill and intelligent thinking are part of all outdoor activities and especially important in climbing - outdoors or indoors.

KÈ

ẠY

9/17

PI AD LY M

B. Read the following passage and choose the most suitable word for each space. Write your answers in the numbered box. (1m)

KÈ

B. met

c. joined

D. added

À. there

B. it

c. that

D. he

ẠY

A. developed

B. fetched

c. organised

D. performed

A. at

Đ. on

c. for

D. with

A. true

B.real

c. exact

D. sure

A. avoid

B. mind

c. save

D. help

Á. caused

B. supplied

c. appeared

D. happened

A. realise

B. know

c. learn

D. discover

10/17

PI AD 10. A. while

B. more

c . much

B. during

c. since

LY M

A. most

D. until

5. 10.

ANSWERS:

D. many

c . Read the passage and choose the correct answers, Write your answers in the numbered box. (2ms)

ẠY

KÈ

PI AD LY M

1. What is the passage primarily about?

The word “massive” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to ____________ .

A. The Moon’s effect upon the Earth B. The origin of the Moon c . What we know about the Moon and its differences to Earth D. A comparison of the Moon and the Earth

B. dense

c . huge

Á. unavoidable

D. impressive

3. The word “debris” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to _____________.

A* rubbish

B. satellites

c . moons

D. earth

KÈ

4. According to the passage, the Moon is ____________ .

ẠY

A. older than the Earth c . composed of a few active volcanoes

B. protected by a dense atmosphere D. the primary cause of Earth’s ocean tides

5. The word “uneven “ in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to _____________r

A. heavier

B. equally distributed c . orderly

D. not uniform

PI AD A. change

B. impact

c . obliterate

A person on the Moon would weigh less than on the Earth because

D. erupt _____

LY M

The word “erase” in the third paragraph is closest in meaning to ___________

A. of the composition of lunar soil B. the surface gravity of the Moon is less than that of the Earth’s c . the Moon has no atmosphere D. the Moon has no active tectonic or volcanic activity

9. All of the following are true about the Moon EXCEPT

A. it has a wide range of temperatures. B. it is heavier on one side than the other. c . it is unable to protect itself from meteorite attacks. D. it has less effect upon the tides than the Sun.

KÈ

10. Which of the following can be infeưed from the passage?

ẠY

ANSWERS: 1.

10.

13/17

PI AD LY M

IV. WRITING: (6 ms) A. Rewrite the sentences in each pair. Use no more than five words including the word in bold, DO NOT change this word.(lm) MUST TOUCH

MORE SAYING DON’T

London Underground station passengers

ẠY

KÈ

200

® 100 A 1 0 3 z

Time

14/17

ẠY M

KÈ Y

Q H

N Ơ N

LY M

Your writing:

PI AD

PI AD LY M

c. Write an essay about 200-250 words on the question below: (3ms)

Aừ pollution is a serious problem in Vietnam. In about 200- 250 words, write about what causes aừ pollution, its effect to our health and propose some solutions to this problem.

ẠY

KÈ

Your writing:

16/17

THE END.

17/17

ẠY M

KÈ Y

Q H

N Ơ N

LY M

PI AD

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỒNG THÁP

KỲ THĨ CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 12 THPT CẮP TỈNH NẰM HỌC 2012-2013

HƯỚNG DÃN CHẨM ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Ngày thi: 30/9/2012 (Hướng dẫn chấm gồm có: 05 trang)

SENTENCES 1 2 3

PI AD

LY M

CONTENTS mid-term documentary report

B. Listen to the conversations and choose the best answer (Ay Bt Cy or D) for each question. You will hear the conversation twice. Write your answers in the numbered box*

Short conversation 1

MARKS 0.2 Q2 02

SENTENCES CONTENTS 1 (B) Her tooth hurts. 4m (C) One week (B) Tuesday 3

Short conversation 2

CONTENTS

MARKS 0.2 0.2 0.2

SENTENCES 4 (C) An eye test 5 (C) The last line 6 (B)K

c. Listen to the talks and choose the best answer (A, B, c, or D) for each question.

KÈ

You Will hear the talks twice. Write your answers in the numbered box.

ẠY

Short talk 1

SENTENCES CONTENTS 1 (B) Animal doctor 2 (D) A good understanding of animals (B) You need to know where all the different 3 animals' organs are.

MARKS 0.2 0.2 0.2

Short talk 2 SENTENCES 4 (D) Her ankle

CONTENTS

1/5

MARKS 0.2

(B) Take two tablets of medicine a day and wrap the ankle (C) She fell down.

0.2 0.2

IL VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (7ms) A. Choose the word or phrase which best completes these sentences. Write your answers in the numbered box. (2ms) (0.1x20 = 2.0ms)

PI AD

H N Y U

MARKS 0,1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

LY M O

CONTENTS B D c c D D A c c B c D D B B B B c A B

SENTENCES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

ẠY

KÈ

SENTENCES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

V been yet

2/5

MARKS 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

c. Read the paragraph below. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits the spaces. Write your answers in the numbered box (2ms) (0.2x10 = 2.0ms) MARKS

CONTENTS voluntary

SENTENCES 1

0.2

Behaviour(s)

0.2

Recipient/receiver

0.2

impersonal

Oblỉgations/obligement

disapproval

Refusal

generosity

approximately

significant

PI AD

0.2

LY M

0.2

CONTENTS was being moved will be sitting Finished/would finish No sooner had the announcement been made had never been made has left has Roger told moderate/ should moderate did he celebrate to know

0.2 0.2 0.2

Write your answer in the

MARKS 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

KÈ

SENTENCES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

D. Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets. numbered box. (lm) (0.1xl0=1.0m)

0.2

ẠY

E. Fill in the blank space with a right preposition or an adverb particle. Write your answers in the numbered box, (ỉm) (0.1xl0=1.0m)

r SENTENCES 1

CONTENTS in

on/of

about

with

3/5

MARKS 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 _

0.1 M

with

about/ on/ of

0.1 0.1 0.1

III. READING: (4.0ms)

MARKS 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

LY M

CONTENTS F H A c G

SENTENCES 1 2 3 4 5

PI AD

CONTENTS c B c B D c D D B

SENTENCES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

B. Read the following passage and choose the most suitable word for each space. Write your answers in the numbered box, (lm) (0.1x10=1,0m) MARKS 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

KÈ

c. Read the passage and choose the correct answers. Write your answers in the

numbered box. (2ms) (0.2x10 = 2,0ms) CONTENTS

MARKS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

ẠY

SENTENCES

c A D D A

c 4/5

D A

9 10

0.2 0.2

IV. WRITING: (6.0ms)

SENTENCES 1

3 4

0.2

I could not keep/get in touch with him because I had lost his phone number. The more wood-pulp is used/ the more wood-pulp people use , the more frees are cut down He regretted not saying goodbye to her at the airport. Now we’ve finished our exams, why don Vwe go to the cinema?

0.2

0.2 0.2 0.2

M ARKS

CONTENTS He m ust have gone out before me.

LY M

PI AD

A. Rewrite the sentences in each pair. Use no more than Jive words including the word in bold. DO NOT change this word, (lm)

B. The following graph gives statistics showing London Underground station passengers. Write a short paragraph about 130 words to ISO words in order to describe the following graph: (2.0ms)

CONTENTS

Introduction sentence

2 3 4

Supporting sentences (describe enough given data) Concluding sentence Grammar, spelling, punctuation, connecting ideas

MARKS 0.25 1.0 0.25 0.5

c. Write an essay about 200-250 words on the question below: (3.0ms)

KÈ

Air pollution is a serious problem in Vietnam. In about 200- 250 words, write about what causes air pollution, its effect to our health and propose some solutions to this problem.

Introduction paragraph

Body paragraph ( there are at least one cause, one effect, and one solution) Conclusion paragraph Grammar, spelling, punctuation, Coherence (repeat key nouns, use consistent pronouns, use transition signals to link ideas, arrange your ideas in logical order), cohesion (connecting ideas)

ẠY

3 4

CONTENTS

MARKS 0.5

THE END.

5/5

15 0.5

0.5

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYÈN HSG LỚP 12 THPT D ự THI CẮP QUOC GIA NĂM HỌC 2012 - 2013

ĐÈ T H I MÔN: TIÉN G ANH Ngày thi: 28/10/2012 Thời gian làm bài: 180p h ú t (Không kể thời gian p h ả i đề)

ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC

,11*J

.......

STT do giám thị ghi Họ vủ tên IỈ1Í sinh:

Giám thị 1: Phòn)! ijiĩ

1lọc sình lởp

Giám ilii 2:

Sổ phách (Do HĐ chấm thi ghi)

trường (K ỹ lén - Ghi họ và lên)

Hội dồng coi thi:

X — Điêm )ài thi Bằng số Băng chữ

LY M

(Pháo nùy dành cho liội đong chấm tỉý Điém từng phẩn

Họ tên và chữ ký Giám khảo 1

Câu I:.;............ Câu II:............. Câu III:........... Câu IV :............

•

Giảm khảo 2

Giám khảo 3

{PỊiần này dành cho hội đổng p húc khảo) Đìêm bài (hì Họ tên và chữ ký Bằng sổ Banff chữ Giám khảo 1

Điếm từng phần

X-

ẠY

KÈ

Câu I: .............. Câu II: ............ Câu IU:........... Câu IV:............

Tổng:..............

Sồ phách

STT do IIĐ chấm thi ghi

Sô phách (Do HĐ phúc khảo ghi)

Tổng:..............

PI AD

Só báo dũnh:

Giám khảo 2 Giảm khảo 3

Sứ p h á c h (Do HĐphúc khảo ghi)

•

Thỉ sinh không đirợc sử dụng tài liệu, kể cả từ điển. Giám thị không giải thích gì thêm.

PI AD

•

LY M

SECTION Ị : LISTEN IN G (3.0 points) PART 1: Questions Ị-Ĩ0, a m an wants to fin d out about a language course. Listen to the conversation between a m an and a woman. (1.0 point) Questions 1-4, choose the best answer Ay B f or c by putting a cross (X) on it in the numbered box. 1. What kind of coarse is the man seeking? c. weekends A. daytime B. evenings 2. How long does the man want to study? c. 8 months A. 12 weeks B. 6 months 3. What proficiency level is the student? c. Advanced A. Beginner B. Intermediate

4. When does the man want to start the course?

® ® ©

d> ©

A. March

Questions 5-10, complete the sentences. W RITE NO M O R E T H A N TH REE WORDS fo r each answer.

LANGUAGE CEN TER CLIEN T IN FORM ATIO N CARD Name: R ich ard................................................... (5).

KÈ

Email address:.................................................... @hotmail.com (6). Date of birth: .................................................... 1980 (7).

ẠY

Place of previous study (if a n y ):...........................................................(10).

1/10

12. What does Ben suggest doing to raise the monev?

14. Where does Ben think they could get clothes for a fashion show from?

LY M

15, Where will the show be held?

PI AD

13. What does their teacher think they should sell?

19. Speaker 4

20. Speaker 5

A. B. c. D. E. F.

SECTION 2 : USE O F EN G LISH (5.5 points)

ẠY

KÈ

FART 1: For questions 1-20, p u t a cross (X) on the best option (A, B, c, or D) fo r each item in the answer box below. (2.0 points) 1. H e's always boasting his children’s success at school. in on D. A. for B. about c. 2. The teacher wanted to know where D. have I lived A. did I live B. I lived c . do I live frightful accidcnt that I ’ll never forget it. 3. It w a s ___ D. so B. a so c . a too A. such a ______ a yachl if you were rich? 4. Would you D. buy A. bought B. have bought c. had bought 5. Calhy tried hard, she didn't manage to win the race. A. Even though B. In spite of c. Despite D. Despite of 6. Many businesses have because of the financial crisis. dropped off A. ended up B. given out c. closed down D. 7. The hijackers kept the pilot as a on board the plane. kidnapper A. convict B. victim c . hostage D. 8. I won’t _ your behaving in this way! Please stop! D. c . tolerate A. forbid B. resist remain for her appointments. She’s late at times. 9. Mary is not always c. exact D. correct A. punctual B. sharp your English is to visit an English-speaking country, 10. A eood way to improve c. produce D. recover A. decrease B. 2/10

11. W e _____________either eat out or order takeout. What do you prefer? A. should B. could c. would D. have to 12. The new mayor has a re p u ta tio n ______ being corrupted, but that’s far from the truth. A. of B. on c. about D. for 13- After the alarm went off. a man was seen _ _ _ _ _ _ _ down the stairs quickly and leaving the building. A. walk walking c. to walk D. to walking her talents. A. to B. for c . of D. 15* Did ihev finullv get iheir washing m achine__ _________ ? A. repair B. lo repair c , repairing D. lfc.Cailn got a speeding ___________ _ lor exceeding the speed limit.

fare

lickei

D-

repaired

receipt

LY M

A* lee

PI AD

14. Samantha could have been an excellent musician but she hasn’t made good use

1. 2. 3. 4.

17. John is a very talented writer. His books hilve gained several literary____________ A. donations B. rewards c . prices Đ. prizes 18. “Look at that awful stain on my new dress! What would you for removing this ink stain?” A. recommend B. consult c . propose D. confess 1 9 /‘You should keep in mind that a car servicing regularly, otherwise you’ll have problems with it.” A. inquires B. requests c . requires D. commands 20. The residents to having a mall built in their neighbourhood. A. rejected B. disapproved c . resisted D. objected Y our answ ers: 5. © 17. © 9. © © ® © © (§> 13. 6. 18. 10. ® © ® © © ® 14. <s> © 7. 15. © 19. 11. ® © © © © 8. 20. 16. 12. CD © ® © © © ©

ẠY

KÈ

PART 2 : For questions 21-30, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end o f some o f the lines to form another word ihai fits the space in the same line. There is an example at the beginning. (1.0 point) HO W M UCH ARE YOU W O RTH ? An important factor to take inio (0) ______ _in trying to answer this CONSIDER question is how socially useftj) a person’s work is, (21) of the REGARD talents he or she may bring toil 11 is (2 2 )___________ ________ accepted that GENERAL looking after the sick or taking ( 2 3 ) ________ for the education of the RESPONSIBLE young is a more (24)________ _ occupation than, say. selling second-hand VALUE cars. Yet UNtìd-ear (25) _ _ _ ______ _ undoubtedly earn more than the SELL nurses or teachcrs. Bui Vi hat about job (26) ? People who SATISFY enjoy their jobs, the (27) ._________ goes, get their reward in the form of ARGUE a ‘psychic wage’, and thru it is the people with the (2 8 )_______ jobs who REPEAT noed more money. Whatever the truth, jobs which are traditionally thought o f as 'vocations’ continue to be (2 9 )___________ badly paid, while other RELATE .lobs, such as those in the world of entertainment, carry (3 0 )__________ FINANCE rewards out of all proportion to their social worth.

3/10

Your answers:

26.

22.

27.

23.

28.

24.

29.

25.

30.

LY M

21.

PI AD

consideration

fl u.

KÈ

37.

40.

43.

32.

35.

38.

41.

44.

33.

36.

39.

42.

45.

ẠY

31.

4/10

LY M

PI AD

National Park in Tanzania learnt how to do termite fishing at the aee o f 31 months, more than two years earlier than the males. The females seem to learn by watching their mothers. Researcher Dr. Elisabeth V. Lansdorf, director of field conservation at the Lincoln Park Zoo in Chicago, said that it is (49)_____________to find that. When a young male and female are near a mound,‘she’s really focusing on termite fishing and he’s spinninc himself round (50)_____________circles.’ Dr. Lansdorf and colleagues arc studying chimpanzees at the zoo with a new, (51) fii'I termite E'Prm’il. mound. mt'iimH lifilfvl 1cT"TM VỈ ral rai'lipr fprtnitpo On On the tfoi* firct created Ill led tviihi with rm musiartl her tlidn than termites. first Hav day, adult females were getting at the mustard and a young female watched carefully and began to (52)____________ the skills. Two young males did not do as well as the females - one simply sat next to his mother and tried to (53)_____________some mustard from her, Dr. Lansdorf said. The behavior of both sexes may seem (54)___________ _______ to many parents, she said, adding, T h e sex differences we found in the chimps are (55)_ to some o f the iings from human child development research.’ 46. A. case B . matter c . fact D. event 47. A. delight D. fancy B. enjoy c . like 48. A. relative B. connected D. similar c . close 49. A. ordinary B. regular c . typical D. frequent 50. A. with B. in D. through c . to 51. A. specially B. particularly D. distinctly c . singly 52. A. pick up B. find out D. take on c . come to 53. A. rob B. grasp c . grip D. steal 54. A. acquainted B. familiar c . recognized D. known 55. A. corresponding B. alike c . identical D. matching Your answers: 46. 48. 54. 52. 0 ® © 50. © © © © 47. 49. 55. © 53. 51. © © © © ® ©

SECTION 3: READING C O M PREH EN SIO N (5.5 points)

ẠY

KÈ

If there’s one thing Irene Draper knows about, it's running a hotel. When she found the building thirty years ago, it was half-derelict, decayed by neglect. The old man, the final survivor in a long line of local landowners, was living in poor conditions in only two damp rooms on the ground floor. The rest of the house was shuttered up and in a similar state. 5 Wallpaper was peeling away and there was no electricity. The staircase, when she took to it in her good leather shoes, was splintering and rotted. From under the wooden floor of what would once have been a ballroom, the roots of the tree had burst up. The estate agenl had glanced at her as they stepped out again into the bright, sharp light outside. ‘It needs some work,’ he began. Irene ignored him. partly because he was annoying her just by being there. 10 and partly becausc she didn’t want to let on how excited she was. She knew a bargain when she saw one. The place sm elt... well, of rot and dam p.... But it also smelt of potential. And potential is something Irene has a good nose for. She’s been proved right, of course. It is a thriving, successful country these days. ‘Unparalleled service and luxury,’ the brochure reads. She installed power showers in the 15 1980s and whirlpool baths in the 1990s- she had a go in one once but didn’t think much of it. She’s not sure of her next move. That’s the secret o f good hotel managing: improve,

5/10

PI AD

LY M

L What do we learn about the building as Irene first saw it?

ẠY

KÈ

4. What was Irene's first reaction when she was told that Stella wanted work? A. B. c. D.

She She She She

was annoyed that someone had disturbed her. thought that she would turn Stella away. felt suspicious at seeing a stranger. thought she recognized Stella. 6/10

5. Irene decided io take Stella on because A. Stella’s experience would be useful. B. she needed someone until the spring, c . it was difficult for her to find staff.

D, she knew Stella would be a good employee.

LY M

PI AD

6* iJVii' didn 7 /'■ •■it* ask Stíỉìa am questions about her background' A. The answer would not have made Irene’s change her mind, R Irene thought Stella wouldn't have answered them, c . The job did not require an\ particular qualities. D. Irene couldn’t think o f anythin LI to ask her. 7. Why did Irene offer Stella Ihe use of her phone? A. She was concerned that Stella should phone as soon as possible. B She thouaht That would be more comfortable for Stella, c . She had written the number down in the office. D. She hoped to overhear Stella’s conversation.

S. What does peeved’ in line 44 mean? confused frustrated worried shocked

A. B. c. D.

5. 6.

<s> <3>

3. 9 © © '© 4.

Y our answers:

1, 2

PART 2 : For questions 9-14, read the text below and then answer the questions that follow by putting a cross (X) on the best option (A, B, c or D) in the answer box. (1.5 points)

ẠY

KÈ

7/10

D. to describe the eating habits o f the emperor penguin

10. Which of the following is NOT true of the emperor penguin?

B.(2)

c.(3)

D.(4)

A. (1)

LY M

PI AD

ẠY

KÈ

8/10

LY M

PI AD

SECTION 4: W R ITIN G (4.0 points)

Whose idea was it to organize a party for her?

CAME

PART 1: For questions 1-5, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. DO N O T change the word given. You m ust use between TWO and F IV E words, including the word given. (1.0 point)

W ho............................................ ............... ..................... ot'organizing a party for her? ‘I don’t think you should give up the course,’ shesaid to him.

NOT

‘Don’t make so much noise! ’ she told them.

STOP

-> She advised...................... — ................................................................ the course.

She told them -......... — —--- ---------------------------------------- --------------------- noisy.

KÈ

4. We discussed the problem for a long time.

DISCUSSION

W e ........................................—...............................................................about the problem.

At the end o f the party, we all helped with the clearing up.

OVER

ẠY

-ỳ When the party.....................— —------------------------------ ------ us helped with the

clearing up.

PART 2: You should sp e n d 30 minutes on this part. Write at least 250 words. (3.0 points) Do you agree or disagree with the following statement? “There is nothing that young people can teach older people ______________Use specific reasons and examples to support your position.

9/10

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

PI AD

Start vour PART 2 here

I I

10/10

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYẺN HSG LỚP 12 THPT D ự THI CẤP QUỐC GIA NĂM HỌC 2012-2013

C âu hởi

Đi êm

Đ á p án P A R T 1 (1.0 po in t) B A B

business conversation / to communicate (at) school PART 2 (1.0 point) new computers holding a talent show food local clothes shops in the school halJ

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0,2 0.2 0.2

P A R T 3 (1.0 point) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

A E F

M KÈ ẠY

ricky45 29 February

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

c hagerty

LY M

SECTION 1: LISTENING (3.0 points) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PI AD

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Ngày thị: 28/10/2012 (Hưởng dẫn chấm gồm cỏ: 04 trang)

SECTION 2: USE OF ENGLISH (5.5joints) P A R T 1 (2.0 points)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B B A D A

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.] 0.1

c c

0.1 0.1

1/4

0.1 0.1 o.l 0.1 0.] 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

PI AD

B B D B c D c D A c D PART 2 ( 1.0 point)

valuable

ẠY

KÈ

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45

REGARDLESS GENERALLY RESPONSIBILITY

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

46 47 48 49 50 51

LY M

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

2 /4

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0,1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0,1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0,1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0,1

0.1 0.1 0.] 0.1

A D B c SECTION 3: READING COMPREHENSION (5.5 pts) PART 1 (2.0 points)

4 5

6 7 8

0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

B B D B c A A B

PART 2 (1.5 points)

c B A D c A

9 10 11 12 13 14

LY M

1 2

PI AD

52 53 54 55

0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

l’ART 3 (2.0 points)

H N Y

SECTION 4: WRITING (4.0 points) PART 1 (1.0 point) . came up with the idea... ..him not to give up.. ...to stop being so... ..had a long discussion.. ...was overf,) all o f... PART 2 (3.0 points)

20 21 22 23 24

17 18 19

A c D c A B c A D B

15 16

ẠY

KÈ

1 2 3 4 5

Nội

dung (2 .0 $

Introductory paragraph with a theme sentence for the

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.25

whole essay. At least two clear, topic- relevant, logical paragraphs with clear topic sentence for each. 2.

0.75

I s' p a rag rap h

3/4

4. Good conclusion (paraphrase the introductory paragraph including writer’s supported ideas).

0.25

Word using, sentence connectors, and spellings are we][-used. Precise tenses and good structures; enough words required.

ẠY

KÈ

HÉT

4 /4

PI AD

0.75

0.5

LY M

Cách dùng từ và ngữ pháp (10 đ)

3. 2nữparagraph

M Ã ĐÊ 1: Internet

In your opinion, what are the advantages and disadvantages of Internet?

Q uestion # 01

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

LY M

PI AD

MẴ ĐÈ 2: Pollution Question # 02

Water pollution is a serious problem nowadays. In your opinion, what are the causes of water pollution? And what should we do to solve this problem?

Give appropriate causes and examples to support your ideas.

ẠY

KÈ

M Ã ĐÈ 3: School leavers

Some students choose to find work and not continue with their studies. Do you think this is a good thing? (Why? Or why not?)

Q uestion # 03

PI AD

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

LY M

MÃ ĐÈ 4: Traffic

Question # 04

In your opinion, what are the causes of traffic accidents? What should we do to solve this problem?

ẠY

KÈ

Give appropriate causes and examples to support your ideas.

MÃ ĐÈ 5: Oversea study In your opinion, why do many young people want to go to another country to learn?

PI AD

Question # 05

Give appropriate reasons and examples to support your ideas.

ẠY

KÈ

LY M

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN ĐỘI TUYÊN HSG LỚP 12 THPT D ự THI CÁP Q U ồC GIA NĂM HỌC 2012-2013

Tiêu chí 4

LY M

Tiêu chí 3

ĐIÈM 0.5

Tiêu chí 2

NO I DUNG

TIÊU CHÍ Tiêu chí 1

PI AD

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐÈ CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: THI NÓI MÔN TIẾNG ANH Ngậy thị: 28/10/2012 (Hưóng dẫn chấm gồm có: 01 trang)

ẠY

KÈ

Ghi chú: Thỉ sinh nói sai chủ đề, không cho điểm.

0.5 0.5

0.5

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỒNG THÁP Đề thi chínhtĩĩức

------------------ -------------------

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 12 THPT CẤP TÌNH NĂM HỌC 2011 - 2012

trò THI MÔN: TỊẺNGẠNH

ỉhi: 09/í 0/20ỈI

Thời gian lảm bàũ ÌS(Ì phút (Không kể thời giun phát đề)

UH’im s om co: 14 trung) STT do gĩâm thj ghi Giám tỉiị 1:

Họ và tên thí sinh: Sổ báo danh;

Phòng thi

Sỗ phách (Do TB chẩm thi ghi

□lảm til) 2:

trường (Ký tên - Ghi họ và tên)

Họ tên và chữ ký Giám khảo 2 Giám khảo 1

Điém bài thi Bắng chữ Băng số

LY M

Điểm từng phần

PI AD

Hoc sinh lớp

STTdoTB chấm thi ghi

Câu 1:.......... Câu 2:.......... Câu 3:.......... Câu 4:..........

Sổ phách

Tổng:............

PART I. LISTENING: (3 ms) Part Á: Listen to the following conversation twice and decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). Put a cross (X) into the correct column, (lm) TRUE

FALSE

1. Mrs. Brown first visited the town twelve years ago.

2. There was only one store on the street when she was there.

KÈ

3. The market where Lien used to shop was moved to another place. 4. Now Lien often shops in a small market next to the nice supermarket. 5. Lien will take Mrs. Brown to shop in a floating market next week.

ẠY

Part B: Listen to the conversation twice and choose the best answer (A, B, c , or D) for each question, (lm) 1. What is the survey that the student is doing about? A. a university assignment B. people’s shopping habits c . household chores D. supermarkets

2. How many people does the woman live with?

A. two B. four c . three D. five 3. Who in her family usually goes shopping with her? A. her husband B. her daughter c . her son D. no one 4. Why does the woman always shop at this supermarket? A. Because it is very close to her house B. Because it is much cheaper c. Because her daughter works here D. Because it sells almost everything 5. When does she always do the food shopping?

B. on Wednesdays c . on Thursdays 4.

D. on Fridays 5.

A. on Mondays ANSWERS: 1. 2.

LY M

PI AD

Thí sinh không được viết vào phần có gạch chéo

Part C: Listen to the man’s talk twice and complete the following statements. Write your answers in the numbered box. (lm) 1. Up to ................... employees will lose theừ jobs at local company Anglesite. 2. The company would be offering................... redundancy and early retirement. 3. The Managing Director was asked if these cuts were a result of Anglesite's poor .............. over the past five years. 4. He said the job ...................... had nothing to do with the figures. 5. He said the company had.................. the way they operated their business two years before. ANSWERS: 5. 4. 1. 3. 2.

ẠY

KÈ

PART II. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (7ms) Part A: Choose the word or phrase which best completes these sentences. Write your answers in the numbered box. (2ms) 1. The boy was................with a family in the countryside. A. reared B. bred c. brought up D. grown up 2. Jane came...............a beautiful picture when she was tidying the room. A. across B. round c. into D. past 3. Until she was arrested last week, the young woman thought she had.........the perfect crime. A. committed B. escaped c. got away D. charged 4.................it not been for the intolerable heat in the hall, they would have stayed much longer. A. If B. But c. Should D. Had 5. The ball................. two or three times before rolling down the road. A. sprang B. bounced c. leap D. hopped 6. The..................of the pagoda in the water was very clear and beautiful. A. sight B. shadow c. reflection D. mirror 7. When I came, the salesperson was............... to the customers how to use a new kind of washing machines. A. demonstrating B. proving c. exposing D. teaching 8. Do you think Ms. Brown w ill............... for Parliament in the next election? A. sit B. run c, walk D. stand 2/14

PI AD LY M

9. A human being i s ............................. of many often conflicting desừes. A. made B. made up c. consisted D. created 10. The train accident.................. the other trains1departure by a few hours. A. sent back B. called off c. delayed D. retained 11. The planet M ercury............rotations during every two trips around the Sun.

ẠY

KÈ

A. three complete B. completes three c. the completion of three D. completing three of the 12. Mountaineers...........climb Mount Everest must make reservations to do so often up to seven years in advance. A. want to B. they want to c. who want D. wanting to 13. In economics, "diminishing returns” describes...........resource inputs and production. A. among B. when it is c. among them D. the relationship between 14. Rarely...........remove the entire root of a dandelion because of its length and sturdiness. A. can the casual gardener B. the casual gardener c, the casual gardener will D. does the casual gardener's 15. Professional people expect...........when it is necessary to cancel an appointment. A. you to call them B. that you would call them c. your calling them D. that you are calling them 16. Frost occurs in valleys and on low grounds........on adjacent hills. A. more frequently as B. as frequently than c. more frequently than D. much frequently than 17. In a new culture, many embarrassing situations occur...........a misunderstanding. A. for B. of c. because of D. because 18............ unknown quantities is the task of algebra. A. To found B. Find c. The find D. Finding 19. Both liquids and gases flow freely from a container because they have........... A. not definite shape B. none definite shape c. nothing definite shape D. no definite shape 20. Research in the work place reveals that people work for many reasons............. A. money beside B. money besides c. beside money D. besides money ANSWERS: 2. 1.

10.

11.

13.

14,

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

12.

3/14

PI AD LY M

Part Đ: There are 10 mistakes in the following passage. Underline the wrong word and write the right one in the right column. (0) has been done as an example, (lm)

ẠY

KÈ

The sun was shining quite brightly as Mrs. Grant leaves her house. and she saw no necessity to take an umbrella with her. She got on the bus to take herself into the town and before long it came on to ram. It had not stopped when the bus reached at the market-place half an hour later. Mrs. Grant stood up and absent-minded picked up the umbrella that was hanging on the seat in front of her. A cold voice said loudly: “That is mine, Madam!” Suddenly remembered that she had come out without her umbrella, Mrs. Grant blushed with embarrassment and apologized, trying at the same time to ignore a unpleasant look the owner of the umbrella was giving her. When she got off the bus, Mrs. Grant made a straight for a shop which she could buy an umbrella. She found a very pretty one and, because it was so pretty, decided to buy other as a present for her daughter. She did the rest of her shopping and had lunch in a café . In the afternoon she got on the homeward bus with the two umbrellas under her ami, and sat down. Then she saw that, with a curious coincidence, she was sitting next to the woman who had made her feeling so uncomfortable that morning. This woman now looked at her, then at the umbrellas, and said: “ You have had quite a good day, I see”.

4/14

(0).. left ... 1)....... ...................

2 )............................ 3) 4 )............................ 5) 6) 7 ) .......................... 8) 9 )......................

10)...........................

PI AD LY M

ẠY

KÈ

Part C: Change the words in capitals to fit the sentence. (0) has been done as an example. (1.5m)_____ _ _ ________________ a) Usually, (0. PROFESSION) translators work from a foreign (0) professional language into their mother tongue to reduce (1. ACCURATE) ừanslation 1)............... -...... and for better style. Much translation is of scientific or (2. COMMERCE) material and this kind of work often requires an (3. UNDERSTAND) of 2) technical vocabulary and (4. SPECIAL) language. Not all (5. 3) .................... TRANSLATE) are in full-time employment but those who usually work for large industrial concerns or for public (6. ORGANISE). The main 4).................. personal characteristic needed to be a successful translator is a (7. 5) ................... WILLING) to attend detail. In addition, it is (8. DESIRE) for translators to know at least two foreign languages. The wider the (9. VARY) of 6) languages they can offer, the greater the (10. LIKELY) of the work will 7)....................... be available. b) The (11. PUBLISH) of the first atlas was in 1595. The man 8).................. who produced this collection of maps was called Gerardus Mercator. 9) Bom in 1512, he spent his youth in Flanders where he became known as 10) .......... an (12. EXTREME) talented map-maker of scientific instruments. In 1544 he was briefly imprisoned for his (13. RELIGION) beliefs and, 11)....................... fearing for his family's safety he went to live in Rhineland, where he 12) .................... lived for the rest of his life. His atlas was so (14. SUCCEED) that it was translated into many European languages. However, his map of the world 13) is not (15. ACCURACY) because the earth is round. As maps are flat, it is virtually impossible to have correct scale, area and dừection on one 14) map. 15) ....................

Part D: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets. numbered box. (1m)

Write your answer in the

I come ữom a very large family, and recently my parents decided that they (1. s p e n d ).........long enough living in an overcrowded house in Birmingham. “We (2. m ove)........to

the country”, my father (3. announce)........ one evening. “ I have sold this house, and we (4. live).......... on a farm”. So last week we (5. load)......... all our possessions into hừed vans, and for the last few days we (6. try) ....... to organise ourselves in our new home. Yesterday, for example, my three brothers and I started painting the downstairs rooms. Unfortunately, while I (7. 5/14

PI AD LY M

m ix)........ the paint, one of my sisters opened the door. Nobody had told her that we would be in the room, you see. So instead of painting the walls, we spent all morning cleaning the paint off the floor. But worse tilings (8. happen) .......... since then. This morning when I (9. wake up) ..........water (10. drip).................through the ceiling next to my bed. ANSWERS: 6) 1) 7)

2) 3)

ẠY

KÈ

10) 5) Part E: Fill in the blank space with a right preposition or an adverb particle. Write your answers in the numbered box. (1.5ms) A. People who are deprived (1)......sleep lose energy and become quick-tempered. After two days (2).........sleep, a person finds that lengthy concentration becomes difficult. He can force himself to perform tasks well for short periods, but he is easily distracted, He makes many mistakes, especially (3)........ routine tasks, and his attention slips (4)....... times Every4sleepless’person experiences periods (5)..........which he dozes off (6).........a few seconds or more. He completely falls asleep unless he is kept active continuously. People who go (7)........ sleep for more than three days have great difficulty thinking, seeing, and hearing clearly. They have periods (8).........hallucinations, (9)........... which they see things that do not really exist. They also confuse daydreams with real life and lose track (10)....... theừ thoughts in the middle of a sentence. B. 11. The company has been taking............ new staff, including part-time workers. 12. A bomb went............near the station, but no one was injured. 13. Fish can survive for a short tim e............. water. 14. If we want to buy a house, we'll have to cut...............our spending. 15. Army had fainted, but we managed to bring her................. ANSWERS: _______ 4) 2) 5) 1) 3) 10) 8) 9) 6) 7) 15) 12) 14) 11) 13) 6/14

PI AD LY M

PART in . READING: (4 ms) Part A: You are going to read a magazine article. Some paragraphs have been removed from the article. Choose from the paragraphs A - E the one which fits each gap 1 - 5 . (lm)

LOPES has been developed by engineers at the University of Twente in Enschede in the Netherlands over several years. Designed for the rehabilitation clinic, it is not a mobile device but ____ _________ _________ ___ supports the patient as they walk on a treadmill. I

ẠY

KÈ

"For instance, some people cannot lift their foot up appropriately," explains Dr Edwin van Asseldonk, who is working on the project. "What this device does is it senses that the foot is not lifting properly. "It then compares it with a reference pattern and then exerts a force or torque to assist that subject in dome it" 2 The machine provides the forces to enable her to physically move her left leg and foot the way it should move, but it also operates as a memory aid, the researchers believe. 3 "That push-up I felt and my knee lifting it is whal I've forgotten. I couldn't reproduce it myself so I had to 'eel it again." 4 "With stroke survivors, it's very important that they get signals to the brain but also that they send signals downwards from the brain," he says. 5 Dr Sharlin Ahmed ữom The Stroke Association in the UK hopes the innovation will help. "Mobility issues have negative effects upon stroke survivors' quality of life, so we welcome any research or technology that will help improve mobility for stroke survivors and enable them to have a better quality of iife," she told the BBC.

A. "It’s only when you get information from your legs to your brain and vice-versa that can you hope for some plasticity in your brain." B. Dr van Assledonk believes that by physically showing patients how to walk properly, the machine can help them develop the brain signals required to drive improved movement

7/14

PI AD LY M

c . It can do all the walking for the patient, or it can offer targeted support in either one leg or with one element of the walking process. The machine can also detect what the patient is doing wrong. D. "I got a eureka moment because I felt an old feeling of how to walk normally," she recalls of the first time she used the machine* E. Petra Hes is one of those testing the device. She suffered a stroke aged just 17. Years of physiotherapy have helped, but she still has what is known as a ’’drop foot", which means she cannot lift and flex her left foot in the way she once did, or even remember how to do so.

Part B: Read the following passage and choose the most suitable word for each space. Write your answers in the numbered box. (1m)

ẠY

KÈ

The image of science The image that we have of science has undergone radical change in the last hundred years. An enormous (1 ).............explosion, together with a number of very real (2 ).............about the envừonment and all the moral and political ramifications of economic growth have (3 ).........put science at the centre of public debate. The twentieth century began with a challenge to the (4 )........that human knowledge was approaching completion. It will come, perhaps, as something of a surprise to all of us to realize that the emergence of this highly (5 )............ process came both from within and outside science. New scientific theories (6 )............reveal the limitations of the old perspective. We had thought that the world, understood through the medium of rational (7 ).......... , was, indeed, the real world. Now we know that this was no more than a simplification that just happened to work. Once we realize this, though, we can move in a number of opposing dừections. We can re evaluate all knowledge (8) .........and decide that it is eternally fragmentary and full of a vast number of (9 )............, or we can be more positive and view these vast explosions of scientific awareness as new challenges still to come and as celebrations of the (1 0 ).........that the human imagination has so far scaled.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7.

A. technological A. anxious A. questionably A. assume A. destroyed A. overwhelmedly A. beings

B. technology B, anxiously B. unquestionably B. assumed B. destructive B. overwhelmed B. being

c. techniques c. anxieties c. questioned c, assuming c. destroying c. overwhelming c. been 8/14

D, technologist D. anxiety D. questioning D. assumption D. destruction D. overwhelmingly D. to be

PI AD LY M

c. pessimistically c. imperfections c. high

B. pessimisticly B. imperfection B. height

Í6 )

ANSWERS: 1)

D. pessimism D. perfect D. heighten

8. A. pessimistic 9. A. perfection 10. A. heights

10)

ẠY

KÈ

Part C: Read the passage and choose the correct answers. Write your answers in the numbered box. (lm) Alữed Bernhard Nobel, a Swedish inventor and philanthropist, bequeathed most of his vast fortune in trust as a fund from which annual prizes could be awarded to individuals and organizations who had achieved the greatest benefit to humanity in a particular year. Originally, there were six classifications for outstanding contributions designated in Nobel’s will, including chemistry, physics, physiology or medicine, literature and international peace. The prizes are administered by the Nobel Foundation in Stockholm. In 1969, a prize for economics endowed by the Central Bank of Sweden was added. Candidates for the prizes must be nominated in writing a qualified authority in the filed of competition. Recipients in physics, chemistry, and economics are selected by the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences; and physiology or medicine by the Caroline Institute; in literature by the Swedish Academy; and in peace by the Norwegian Nobel Committee appointed by Norway's parliament. The prizes are usually in Stockholm on December 10, with the King of Sweden officiating, an appropriate tribute Alfred Nobel on the anniversary of his death. Each one includes a gold medal, a diploma, and a cash award of about one million dollars.

1. What does this passage mainly discuss? A. The Nobel prizes B. Alfred Bernhard Nobel c. Swedish philanthropy D. Great contributions to mankind 2. Why were the prizes named for Alfred Bernhard Nobel? A. He won the first Nobel prize for his work in philanthropy B. He is now living in Sweden c. He left money in his will to establish a fund for the prizes D. He serves as chairman of the committee to choose the recipients 3. How often are the Nobel prizes awarded? A. Five times a year B. Once every two years 9/14

PI AD LY M

c . Once a year D. Twice a year 4. The word “outstanding” in line 3 most closely means______ . A. recent B. exceptional c. unusual D. established 5. The word ‘ViII” in line 4 could best be replaced by____ . A. Nobel’s wishes B. a legal document c. a future intention D. a free choice 6. A Nobel prize would NOT be given to A. an author who wrote a novel B. a doctor who discovered a vaccine c. a diplomat who negotiated a peace D. a composer who wrote a symphony 7. The word “one” in paragraph 2 refers to____ . A. tribute B. anniversary c. candidate D. prize 8. The word “appropriate” in the passage most closely means______ . A. prestigious B. suitable c . customary D. transitory 9. Which individual or organization serves as administrator for the trust? A. The King of Sweden B. The Nobel Foundation c. The Central Bank of Sweden D. Swedish and Norwegian academies and institutes 10. Why are the awards presented on December 10?

ẠY

KÈ

A. It is a tribute to the King of Sweden. B. Alfred Bernhard Nobel died on that day. c. That date was established in Alfred Nobel’s will. D. The Centtal Bank of Sweden administers the trust Part D: Fill in each blank with one appropriate word.

answer work allows

help in reply willing

approves atmosphere see

situation which that

realise appreciates makes

Human beings have a strong need to put their experiences and problems into words. That is why eveiyone (1).........a “friendly ear”- someone who is (2)............ to listen to theừ ưoubles and joys. But few people (3)...........what a complex skill listening is. To be a good listener requừes great powers of concentration, which can only be gained through practice. There are two reasons why listening is often such hard (4)............The first is simply that people much prefer to speak. How often have you missed what someone has said because you 10/14

PI AD LY M

were thinking about what you were going to say (5) ............ ? The second reason is that people speak too slowly. The average speed is about 125 words per minute, (6)...........is not fast enough for the human brain. It (7)...........too much time for the concentration to fail, as the brain tries to keep itself busy with other, irrelevant thoughts. Next time you are in a listening (8)........... , try to predict what the speaker is going to say. Ask yourself questions about what is being said, and (9)............if the speaker answers them. Finally, make quick summaries in your head of the main points that have been made. All of these things will (10)............... you to concentrate and make you a better listener. ANSWERS: 3) 4) 2) 5) 1) 10)

PART IV. WRITING: (6 ms) Part A: A.1: Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given .The number in brackets indicates the required words, (lm) 1. “I saw you hit that new boy in the playground!”, the teacher told him. (acussed/5)

-> The teacher............................ ........................................ new boy in the playground

KÈ

2. Could I arrange time to see the interviewer again?

(appointments)

-> Could I ...............................................................to see the interviewer again? 3. This will be my student's first performance in Canada.

(performed/4)

ẠY

-> This will be the first tim e.......................................................... in Canada.

4. If we tried to force him to repay the debt, we would be wasting of time, (point/5) There w as.......................................................................................... to repay the debt.

5. Illiteracy has been one of the causes of poverty.

(contributed/3)

Illiteracy................................................................ poverty. A.2: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it. (lm) 1. Without your help, I wouldn’t have succeeded in my job. 11/14

PI AD LY M

-»If

-> I am responsible......................................................

2. It's my duty to do the household chores in my family.

3. Stock brokers bought the company shares because they assumed that it was making a lot of

profit.

-> Had..................................................................................................................................

object..............................................

4 .1dislike it when people criticize me unfairly.

5. He was very sorry because he didn’t have time to visit all places of interest in London when he was there last year.

KÈ

He greatly......................................................................................................................

ẠY

Part B: The following table shows the percentage of the Earth’s surface area and the percentage of the world’s population for the seven continents. Write a short report outlining the main findings of the area and the population of the continents. Continents Asia Africa North America South America Antarctica Europe Oceania

Population 58% 11% 9% 5% 0% 16% 1%

Area 30% 20% 16% 12% 9% 7% 6% 12/14

PI AD LY M

ẠY

KÈ

Your wrUhtg:

Part C: Do you agree or disagree with the following statement? “In modern society, people who can speak foreign languages have more chances to find better jobs”. Use specific reasons and examples to support your answer. Your writing:

13/14

ẠY M

KÈ Y

Q H

N Ơ N

LY M

PI AD

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐÒNG THÁP

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 12 THPT CÁP TỈNH NĂM HỌC 2011-2012

PART I : LISTENING (0.2 X 15 = 3.0ms)

P art A:

1. F

2.F

3. T

4.F

5. T

P art B:

l.B

2. B

3. D

4. A

5.C

P art C:

1.150

2. voluntary

3. performance 4. losses

PI AD

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐÈ THI CHÍNH THỨC MÔN: TIẾNG ANH Ngày thi: 09/10/2011 (Hướng dẫn chấm gồm có: 03 trang)

LY M

5. changed

PART n : VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (7ms) Part A: (0.1 X20 = 2.0ms)

1C 2A 3A 4D 5B 6C 7A 8B 9B 10C 1 IB 12D 13D 14A 15A 16C 17C 18D 19D 20D

Part C: (0.1 X15 = 1.5ms)

1. inaccurate

2. commercial

3. understanding 4. specialized

6. a (unpleasant look)-> the (unpleasant look) 7. a shop which a shop where 8. other -> another 9. with -> by ( a conscious coincidence) 10. feeling feel.

1. necessity need 2. herself -ỳ her 3. reached -> arrived 4. absent-minded absent -minded ly 5. remembered remembering

Part B: (0.1 * 10 = 1.0m)

5. translators

KÈ

6. organizations

7. willingness 8. desirable

ẠY

9. variety 10. likelihood

11. publication 12. extremely 13. religious 14. successful

15. accurate

1/3

Part D:(0.1X 20 = 2.0ms) 6. have been trying/have tried

2. are moving/are going to move

7. was mixing

3. announced

8. have happened

4. are going to live/are living

9. woke up

5. loaded

10. was dripping

PI AD

1 . had spent

3. at 8. of 13. out o f without

c . READING (4 ms) Part A:(5 X0.2 = 1.0m) l.c 2. E Part B: (0.1 X 10 = 1.0m) 1. A 2.C 6. D 7. A

3. B

2. c

3. c

7. D

8.B

4. B 9. B

5. B 10. A

9. c 5. B 10. B

l.A 6. D

2. willing

5. A

4. D

8. c

Part C: (0.1 X 10 = 1.0m)

Part D: (0.1 X 10 = 1.0m) 1. appreciates

4. B

5. in 10. of 15. round

3. D

4. at 9. during 1 14. back/down

2. without 7. without 1 12. off 1

1 . of 6. for 11. on

LY M

Part E: (0.1 xl5 = 1.5ms) A&B.

ẠY

KÈ

3. realise 4. work 5. in reply 6. which 7. allows 8. situation 9. see 10. help PART IV: W RITING :(6 ms)

Part A: (0.1 X 10 = 1.0m) A.1 1. The teacher accused him of hitting that new boy in the playground. 2. Could I m ake an appointment to see the interviewer again? 3. This will be the first time my student has performed in Canada. 4. There was no point in forcing him to repay the debt. 5. Illiteracy has contributed to poverty.

2/3

A.2

1. If you hadn’t helped me/if it hadn’t been for your help, I wouldn’t have succeeded in my job.

2.1 am responsible for doing the household chores in my family. 3. Had stock brokers known that the company was not making profit they wouldn’t have invested in it / bought its shares. OR: Had it not been for a lot of profit, stock brokers wouldn’t have bought its shares.

PI AD

4 .1 object to being criticized unfairly.

5. He greatly regretted that he didn’t have time/not having (enough) time to visit all places of interest in London when he was there last year.

* Lỗi chính tả và cách trình bày trừ tối đa 0,5đ

LY M

PART B: (2ms) Đây là kiểu viết báo cáo dựa vào số liệu. Cách viết này là sắp xếp các số liệu sao cho người đọc dễ hiểu. Bài báo cáo phải có sự so sánh, đối chiếu, chứ không phải là cách trình bày lại các chi tiết theo hệ thống như biểu đồ đã ghi. + Introduction: 0^25đ + Body: l,5đ (thể hiện tối thiểu 3 ý trong table.) + Conclusion: 0,25đ GV chấm bài dựa vào những yểu tố này mà cho điểm: well-organised, clear, easy to read, transition words and phrases to connect the steps.

Part C: Essay (3 ms)

1.Bố cục: (lđ)

Đảm bảo đủng kết cấu của ỉ bài ỉuận và có ỉt nhất 3 đoạn.

+ Introduction.: (Thesis Statement, Transition)

+ Body : Problem 1: Topic Sent.— Supporting Ideas—Examples Problem 2: Topic Sent.— Supporting Ideas—Examples Problem 3: Topic Sent.— Supporting Ideas—Examples + Conclusion (Summary & Comment)

Nội dung - Ý tưởng : (lđ)

ẠY

KÈ

- Nêu được những luận chứng để bảo vệ ý kiến đồng ý/ không đồng ý với quan điểm của đề bài. (ít nhất 3 iuận chưng: 0,5đ) - Dan chứng để ủng hộ ý kiển. (0,25đ) - Có ý tường phong phú (0,25 đ)

3. Cách dùng từ, ngữ pháp :(lđ) - Dùng từ chính xác, sử dụng tốt các từ nối câu (0,25 đ)

- Sử dụng tốt các cấu trúc câu, không sai Thì động từ (0,5đ) - Có lối viết mạch lạc, nhất quán, trình bày rõ (0,25đ) HET

3/3